03 Component Installation Manual

Signature Series Component Installation Manual
P/N 270497 Rev 2.1 16DEC04
DEVELOPED BY
Edwards Systems Technology 8985 Town Center Parkway Bradenton, FL 34202 (941) 739-4300 Copyright 2004 Edwards Systems Technology This manual and the products it describes are copyrighted by Edwards Systems Technology (EST). You may not reproduce, translate, transcribe, or transmit any part of this manual without express, written permission from EST. This manual contains proprietary information intended for distribution to authorized persons or companies for the sole purpose of conducting business with Edwards Systems Technology, Inc. If you distribute any information contained in this manual to unauthorized persons, you have violated all distributor agreements and we may take legal action.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
CREDITS
This manual was designed and written by EST Technical Services - Documentation Department, Sarasota.
Content
Audible Detector Base SIGA-270(L) - Fire Alarm Stations SIGA-270P - 2-Stage Fire Alarm Station SIGA-278 - Double Action Fire Alarm Station SIGA-AA30 and SIGA-AA50 - Audio Amplifiers SIGA-AB4 - Audible Detector Base SIGA-APS (-220) - Auxiliary Power Supply Module SIGA-CC1 - Single Input Signal Module SIGA-CC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module SIGA-CC2 - Dual Input Signal Module SIGA-CR - Control Relay Module SIGA-CRR - Polarity Reversal Relay SIGA-CT1 - Single Input Module SIGA-CT1I - Single Input Module SIGA-CT2 - Dual Input Module SIGA-CT2I - Dual Input Module SIGA-DG and SIGA-DGMF - Detector Guard with Optional Mounting Flange SIGA-DGS - Surface Adapter for use with the SIGA-DG Detector Guard SIGA-DGSA - Surface Adapter SIGA-DGSB - Detector Guard Surface Box SIGA-DH - Duct Detector Housing Assembly SIGA-DMP - Duct Detector Mounting Plate SIGA-DTS - Duct Detector Test Station SIGA-HFS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detector SIGA-HRS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector SIGA-HRSI - Intelligent Grade 1 Heat Detector SIGA-IB - Detector Base SIGA-IB4 - Detector Base SIGA-IM - Isolator Module SIGA-IO - Input-Output Module SIGA-IPHS(B) - Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector SIGA-IPHSI - Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector SIGA-IS - Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector SIGA-ISI - Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector SIGA-LED - Remote LED Alarm Indicator SIGA-MAB - Class A-B Input-Output Module SIGA-MB4 - Transponder Mounting Bracket SIGA-MCC1 - Single Input Signal Module SIGA-MCC1S - Auto-sync Output Module SIGA-MCC2 - Dual Input Signal Module SIGA-MCR - Control Relay SIGA-MCRR - Control Reversing Relay Module SIGA-MD(S) - Motion Detector SIGA-MDM - Signature Digital Message Module
SIGA-MIO - Input-Output Module SIGA-MM1 - Monitor Module SIGA-MP1 - Mounting Plate SIGA-MP2 - Mounting Plate SIGA-MP2L - Mounting Plate SIGA-MRM1 - Riser Monitor Module SIGA-PHS - Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector SIGA-PHSI - Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector SIGA-PS - Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector SIGA-PSI - Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector SIGA-RB - Detector Base SIGA-RB4 - Detector Base SIGA-RM1 - Riser Monitor Module SIGA-SB - Detector Base SIGA-SB4 - Detector Base SIGA-SEC2 - Security Loop Module SIGA-TS - 4 Inch Box Trim Skirt-Ring SIGA-TS4 - Trim Skirt-Ring SIGA-TSB - Four Inch Box Trim Skirt-Ring SIGA-UIO2R - Universal Input-Output Motherboard SIGA-UIO6(R) - Universal Input-Output Motherboard SIGA-UM - Universal Class A-B Module SIGA-WTM - Waterflow-Tamper Module SIGI-271 - Break Glass Station SIGI-IBS - Detector Base
ii
Important Information
Limitation of liability
The products described in this manual have been designed to meet the requirements of NFPA Standard 72; Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Standard 864; and Underwriters Laboratories of Canada, Inc., Standard ULC S527. Installation in accordance with this manual, applicable codes, and the instructions of the authority having jurisdiction is mandatory. EST shall not under any circumstances be liable for any incidental or consequential damages arising from loss of property or other damages or losses owing to the failure of EST products beyond the cost of repair or replacement of any defective products. EST reserves the right to make product improvements and change product specifications at any time. While every precaution has been taken during the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents, EST assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
FCC warning
This equipment can generate and radiate radio frequency energy. If this equipment is not installed in accordance with this manual, it may cause interference to radio communications. This equipment has been tested and found to comply within the limits for Class A computing devices pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These rules are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when this equipment is operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment is likely to cause interference, in which case the user at his own expense, will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference.
iii
Document history
Revision 1.0 2.0 Date 12FEB97 06DEC99 Reason For Change Initial Release Added the following installation sheets to the manual: AB4, CRR, MAB, MCR, MCRR, MCC1, MCC2, MCT2, UIO2, and UIO6(R). Removed SIGA-RB Sounder Base. Added the following installation sheets: Audible Detector Base, SIGA-AA30 and SIGA-AA50, SIGA-AB4, SIGA-APS (-220), SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-CT1I, SIGA-CT2I, SIGA-DGSA, SIGADGSB, SIGA-IO, SIGA-IPHSI, SIGA-ISI, SIGA-MCC1S, SIGAMD(S), SIGA-MDM, SIGA-MIO, SIGA-MRM1, SIGA-PHSI, SIGA-PSI, SIGA-RM1, SIGA-SEC2, SIGA-TS4, SIGA-TSB. Removed the following installation sheets: 2-CTM, SIGA-MCT2.
3.0
16DEC04
iv
Audible Detector Base

Product description
Wire size: 12 to 18 AWG (2.50 to 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 AWG are preferred. Compatible detectors: All Signature Series detectors Compatible electrical boxes AB4G-SB Surface Box for Audible Base North American 2-1/8 in (54 mm) deep 4-inch square box North American 4 by 4 inch octagonal ring (mud box) Standard European 100 mm square box Agency listings: Meets or exceeds requirements specified in UL 268, UL 464, and ULC-S525 Base diameter: 6.8 in (173 mm) Base height from box: 0.8 in (21 mm) Maximum distance from ceiling (wall mount): 12 in (305 mm) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Table 1: Operating current in mA (RMS) Voltage 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc The Audible Detector Base is designed to add an audible output function to any Signature Series detector. The base can operate as an independent local alarm, or as part of a zone or system alarm with synchronized audible output. This installation sheet applies to Audible Detector Base units with model numbers GSA-AB4G and SIGA-AB4G. The Audible Detector Base output is field-configurable for output tone (steady or temporal) and output volume (low dBA or high dBA). Depending on the system supporting the Signature loop, the base can operate as follows: It can follow the state of the device it supports It can be configured (in the SDU) for other operating modes It can be controlled by program rules you write 16 Vfwr 24 Vfwr 33 Vfwr Low dBA 17 24 31 41 51 60 High dBA 28 41 52 48 60 66
Vdc = Volts direct current, regulated and filtered Vfwr = Volts full wave rectified Table 2: Sound level output (dBA) Signal Voltage Low dBA High dBA
Reverberant room per UL 464 [1] Temporal 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc Steady 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc Reverberant room per UL 268 Temporal 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc Steady 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc 77.5 81.5 84.5 81.5 85.5 87.8 84.1 86.7 89.1 87.7 90.5 92.5 71.5 75.5 78.5 75.5 79.5 81.8 78.1 80.7 83.1 81.7 84.5 86.5
The base uses the same address and programming label as the detector it supports.
Specifications
Operating voltage: Regulated 16 to 33 Vdc, 16 to 33 Vfwr This device was tested to the regulated 24 Vdc/fwr operating voltage limits of 16 V and 33 V. Do not apply 80% and 110% of these values for system operation. Operating current: See Table 1 Supervisory current: DC = 10 mA, FWR = 15 mA Default settings Output volume: High dBA Output tone: Temporal pattern Sound level output: See Table 2 Temporal pattern: 0.5 s on, 0.5 s off, 0.5 s on, 0.5 s off, 0.5 s on, 1.5 s off, repeat cycle Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C). Not all detectors are rated for this range. Refer to the installation sheet for the specific detector used with the base. Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base
dBA = Decibels, A-weighted [1] For UL 464 applications, low dBA settings are for private mode only
19NOV03
P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 1/4
Installation instructions
Cautions To avoid accidental damage to the panel, disconnect all power before wiring the unit. Electrical supervision requires the wire run to be broken at each terminal. Do not loop the signaling circuit field wires around the terminals. The base must be connected to a continuous voltage whether the output tone is set to steady or temporal. Refer to Figure 1 when you install the base. Sleeping rooms: In sleeping areas, the high dBA output and steady tone settings must be used. AB4G-SB: When using the AB4G-SB box, install a reinforcing plate at every knockout you use. (Reinforcing plates are included with the box.) Remove the knockout first, then slide the reinforcing plate into the plastic housing. After the plate is in place, install the conduit connector and nut. See Figure 2. To install the sounder base: 1. The unit default is for high dBA output. To set the output to low dBA, cut the circuit board trace as marked on the back of the PC board. (See Figure 3.) 2. The unit default is for temporal pattern output. To set the output to steady tone, cut the circuit board trace as marked on the back of the PC board. (See Figure 3.) 3. Select and install a compatible electrical box, and bring the field wiring into the box. 4. Connect the field wiring to the terminals on the back of the base plate. You must observe polarity for the unit to function properly. (See Figure 3.) 5. Attach the base plate to the electrical box. 6. Align the trim ring so that the four tabs on the ring mate with the four slots in the base plate, then press the trim ring onto the base plate until the tabs lock. 7. Attach the desired Signature detector to the base. Align the arrows on the detector and trim ring, press the detector into the base, and rotate the detector until it locks into place. 8. Apply power and activate the unit to verify that it is operating properly. Figure 1: Installing the Audible Detector Base
Figure 2: Installing reinforcing plates on the AB4G-SB box
P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 2/4
19NOV03
Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base
Wiring diagram
For additional wiring details, see the applicable control panel installation manual.
Volume setting Default = High volume Cut for low volume Tone setting Default = Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone
SIG+
SIG-
DATA- DATA- DATA+ OUT IN IN/OUT
To configure output volume or tone, cut the circuit board as shown.
24 Vdc in From power supply or previous base Data in From Signature controller or previous device
+ +
+ +
24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay
Data out To next Signature device
Figure 3: Output configuration and wiring diagram
Application diagrams
Detector operates the base In this application the detector operates the base. That is, the base follows the state of the detector, going into and out of alarm with the detector.
First device
The Signature CR module is optional, and is used to silence the bases on the line.
Last device
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG+ S IG+ S IG-
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG-
24 Vdc From listed power supply
+
8 7 6
Listed EOL relay and supervising module
CR
4 3 2 1
Data in From Signature controller
+ -
Figure 4: Wiring for detector operation of bases Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base 19NOV03 P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 3/4
System turns on all bases In this application the detector operates the base. In addition, all bases on the line can be activated by system programming that triggers the Signature CRR to reverse supplied polarity.
The Signature CR module is optional, and is used to silence the bases on the line.
First device
Last device
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG+ S IG+ S IG-
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG-
+
8 7 6 8 7 6 5
CR
4 3 2 1
CRR
4 3 2 1
+ -
Figure 5: Wiring for detector and system operation of bases System turns on bases with synchronization In this application, all bases on the line are activated by system programming that triggers the Signature CRR module. The bases are synchronized by the G1M-RM for temporal sound. If the Signature CRR module is not activated, then each detector can still operate its base, but the bases will not be synchronized. The Signature CR module is optional, and is used to silence the bases on the line.
First device Last device
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG+ S IG+ S IG-
AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG-
8 7 6 5
8 7 6
8 7 6 5
G1M-RM
4 3 2 1
CR
4 3 2 1
CRR
4 3 2 1
24 Vdc From listed power supply Data in From Signature controller
+ + -
Figure 6: Wiring for synchronized operation
P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 4/4
19NOV03
Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The Fire Alarm Station, 270 Series, is a component of the Signature Series. It is a normally-open, dry contact signal initiating device that requires only one action by the user in order to initiate an alarm. The single input module mounted to the back of the unit supervises the station and sends an alarm signal to the loop controller when the switch is closed (i.e. when the handle is pulled). Device addressing One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the station automatically. A custom address can be assigned to the station via laptop computer; no addressing switches are used. LEDs Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the station, when the unit is removed from the electrical box. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Mounting The terminal blocks will accept AWG 12, 14, 16, or 18 wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm ). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller capability The 270 Series requires the Signature Loop Controller. Personality code 1: N/O alarm latching The 270 Series is factory assigned personality code 1 which configures the station for alarm latching operation. When the pull lever is activated, an alarm signal is sent to the Loop Controller and the alarm condition is latched at the fire alarm station.
SPECIFICATIONS
Construction: Cast zinc with steel backplate Operation mechanism: Single action, pull lever Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 400 A Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 - 93 % RH Replacement glass rods USA, P/N 276-GLR (pkg 20 rods) CAN, P/N 27165 (pkg 12 rods) Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Compatible electrical boxes North American: 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard: 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover Special order surface mount boxes 27193-10: Cream enamel finish 27193-11: Red enamel finish Shipping weight: 1.2 lbs (0.5 kg)
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
WARNINGS
This device will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
FIRE ALARM
LOCAL ALARM
PULL
IN CASE OF
PULL
IN CASE OF
FIRE
FIRE
270
270L
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-270 and SIGA-270L Fire Alarm Stations

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387048P REVISION LEVEL: 6.0 DATE: 02JUN99 FILE NAME: 387048P.CDR APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: D. Chinell
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY

TM
6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
625 6th Street East Owen Sound, Ontario Canada N4K 5P8
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1) The pull station is shipped from the factory complete with a single input module attached. The electronic module contains no userserviceable parts and should NOT be disassembled. 2) Open the pull-station by using a flat blade screwdriver to twist the cover release screw counterclockwise while pulling the cover away from its backplate. 3) Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. 4) Make all wiring connections as shown in the diagram. 5) Write the address assigned to the pull-station on the label provided and apply the label to the pull-station. Peel off the removable serial number label from the pull-station and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. 6) Using the two 6-32 x 5/8 in (16 mm) machine screws provided, mount the pull-station to the electrical box. 7) Pull the glass rod release lever and install the glass rod through the mounting bracket on the front of the pull-station. Set the toggle switch to the NORMAL position and snap the cover into its locked position.
LIF T
Compatible electrical box
Cover release screw
Back plate Toggle switch
NOR
MAL
Glass rod release lever
WIRING DIAGRAM
Notes [1] Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. 2 All wiring is power-limited and supervised. Factory connections: do NOT alter Green LED (normal) Red LED (alarm/active)
4 3 2 1
TB1
Wire Stripping Guide

DATA IN (+) DATA IN () From Signature controller [1] or previous device REAR VIEW of 270 Series DATA OUT (+) DATA OUT () To next device 1/4 in (~6 mm) Strip 1/4 in (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. CAUTION: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection.
P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 2 / 4
INFORMATIONS SUR LE PRODUIT

Description Le poste d'alarme d'incendie, Srie 270, est un composant du Srie Signature. Cest un dispositif de dclenchement de signal contact sec normalement ouvert qui ne requiert quune action de la part de l'utilisateur pour dclencher une alarme. Le module d'entre unique mont l'arrire du dispositif surveille le poste et transmet un signal d'alarme au contrleur de boucle quand l'interrupteur est ferm (i.e. quand la manette est tire). Adressage lectronique Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le contrleur de boucle assigne une adresse au poste automatiquement. Une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au poste via ordinateur portatif; aucun commutateur d'adressage nest utilis. Tmoins DEL Des tmoins DEL de diagnostic fournissent une indication visible de l'tat du poste, lorsque le dispositif est retir de la bote lectrique. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote. Alarme/actifLe tmoin DEL rouge clignote. Montage Le bornier accepte des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 16 et 18 AWG sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le Srie 270 requiert le contrleur de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage d'alarme n/o Le code de personnalit 1 est assign au 270 srie lors de sa fabrication ce qui configure le poste en mode de verrouillage d'alarme. Quand la manette est tire, un signal dalarme est envoy au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au poste dalarme dincendie.
CARACTRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES
Construction: Zinc coul avec plaque arrire en acier Mcanisme de fonctionnement: Action unique, tirer la manette Gamme de tensions de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 250 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 400 A Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme d'humidits de fonctionnement: 0 - 93 % HR Barres en verre de remplacement USA, rf 276-GLR (paquet de 20 barres) CAN, rf 27165 (paquet de 12 barres) Gamme de tempratures de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Botes lectriques compatibles Amrique du Nord: Bote simple standard de 64 mm (2,5 po) de profondeur Standard: Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple Botes, montage en saillie, commande spciale 27193-10: Fini mail crme 27193-11: Fini mail rouge Poids la livraison: 0,5 kg (1,2 livres)
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
FIRE ALARM
LOCAL ALARM
AVERTISSEMENTS PULL
Ce dispositif NE fonctionne PAS en labsence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires.
PULL
IN CASE OF
IN CASE OF
FIRE
FIRE
270
270L
FICHE DINSTALLATION
SIGA-270 et SIGA-270L Postes dalarme dincendie

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF: 387048P NIVEAU DE RVISION: 6.0 DATE: 02JUN99 NOM DU FICHIER: 387048P.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: D. Chinell

TM
P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 3 / 4
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) Le poste manette est expdi de l'usine avec un seul module d'entre connect. Le module lectronique ne contient aucun composant qui puisse tre dpann par l'utilisateur et NE doit PAS tre dmont. 2) Ouvrir le poste manette en utilisant un tournevis lame plate pour tourner la vis de desserrage du couvercle dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre tout en cartant le couvercle de sa plaque arrire. 3) Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. 4) Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. 5) crire l'adresse assigne au poste manette sur l'tiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le poste. Dcoller du poste l'tiquette de numro de srie et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. 6) Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 5/8 po (16 mm) fournies, monter le poste manette dans la bote lectrique. 7) Tirer le levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre et faire passer la barre en verre dans le support de montage l'avant du poste manette. Positionner l'interrupteur bascule la position NORMALE et pousser le couvercle enclenchement dans sa position verrouille.
NOR MAL
Bote lectrique compatible
Vis de desserrage du couvercle
Plaque arrire Interrupteur bascule
LIF
Levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre
SCHMAS DE CBLAGE
Remarques [1] Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour les spcifications de cblage. 2 Tout le cblage est limit en courant et surveill. Connexions faites lusine NE PAS altrer Tmoin DEL vert (normal) Tmoin DEL rouge (alarme/actif)
TB1
3 2 1
Dnudage des fils

Entre des donnes (+) Entre des donnes () Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent Sortie des donnes (+) Sortie des donnes () Vers le dispositif suivant
~6 mm (1/4 po) Dnuder lextrmit de TOUS les fils sur une longueur de ~6 mm (1/4 po) avant de les connecter sur le bornier du module. ATTENTION: Exposer le fil sur une plus grande longueur peut provoquer un dfaut de mise la terre. Exposer le fil sur une longueur plus courte peut se traduire par une mauvaise connexion.
[1] VUE ARRIRE du 270 SRIE
P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 4 / 4
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The 2-Stage Fire Alarm Station, 270P, is a component of the Signature Series. The 270P is a normally-open, dry contact, signal initiating device that requires one action by the user in order to initiate a pre-alarm. A keyswitch is used to activate the general alarm upon verification that evacuation is necessary. (Note: The alarm handle must be in the pulled position in order to insert the key.) The dual input module mounted to the back of the unit supervises the station. Input 1 is used to send a pre-alarm signal to the loop controller when the switch is closed (i.e. when the handle is pulled). Input 2 of the module is used to send an alarm signal to the loop controller when the keyswitch is activated. Device addressing Two device addresses are required. The loop controller assigns two addresses to the 270P automatically. Custom addresses can be assigned to the station via laptop computer; no addressing switches are used. LEDs Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the station, when the unit is removed from the electrical box. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Mounting The 270P may be flush mounted in a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover, or it may be surface mounted using a special order electrical box. (Refer to the specifications section of this sheet for ordering information.) The terminal block will accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller capability The 270P requires the Signature Loop Controller. Personality Code 1: N/O Alarm Latching (Class B) Inputs 1 and 2 of the 270P are factory assigned personality code 1. When the keyswitch is activated, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the fire alarm station.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 396 A Activated current: 680 A Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93 % RH Construction: Cast zinc with steel backplate Operating mechanism: Single action, pull lever with keyswitch Shipping Weight: 1.2 lbs (0.5 kg) Compatible electrical boxes Standard 4 in square box 2-1/8 in (54 mm) deep box with 1-gang cover Replacement glass rods USA, P/N 270-GLR (pkg 20 rods) CAN, P/N 27165 (pkg 12 rods) Special order surface mount boxes 27193-11: WHD = 3 x 4-3/4 x 2-1/2 in (76 x 121 x 64 mm). Red enamel. Combination 1/2 and 3/4 in knockouts top, bottom, rear. 276B-RSB: WHD = 3-1/2 x 5-1/32 x 2-7/16 in (89 x 128 x 62 mm). Red enamel. Combination 1/2 and 3/4 in knockouts top, bottom, rear. Wiremold C5744: Buff, cream enamel finish. Combination 1/2 and 1 in knockouts top, bottom, rear
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
FIRE ALARM
WARNINGS
PULL
IN CASE OF
FIRE
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-270P 2-Stage Fire Alarm Station


TM
1) The 270P is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should NOT be disassembled. 2) Open the pull station using a flat blade screwdriver to twist the cover release screw counter-clockwise, while pulling the cover away from its backplate. 3) Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. 4) Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. 5) Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. 6) Using the two 6-32 x 5/8 in (16 mm) machine screws provided, mount the pull-station to the electrical box. 7) Pull the glass rod release lever and install the glass rod through the mounting bracket on the front of the pull station. Push the glass rod release lever into its closed position. Set the toggle switch to the NORMAL position, and snap the cover into its locked position.
LIF T
Compatible electrical box Cover release screw
Back plate Toggle switch

NOR MAL
Glass rod release lever
WIRING DIAGRAM
Notes [1] Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. 2 All wiring is power-limited and supervised. Factory connections: do NOT alter Green LED (normal) Red LED (alarm/active)
4 3 2 1
TB1

DATA IN (+) DATA IN () From Signature controller [1] or previous device REAR VIEW DATA OUT (+) DATA OUT () To next device 1/4 in (~6 mm) Strip 1/4 in (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. CAUTION: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection.
P/N: 387051P REV: 5.0 PG: 2 / 4

Description Le poste dalarme dincendie 2 tages, 270P, est un composant du Srie Signature. Le 270P est un dispositif de dclenchement de signal contact sec normalement ouvert qui ne requiert quune action de la part de lutilisateur pour dclencher une pralarme. Un interrupteur touche est utilis pour activer lalarme gnrale aprs vrification que lvacuation est ncessaire. (Remarque: La manette dalarme doit tre dans la position tire pour pouvour insrer la clef.) Le module dentre double mont larrire du dispositif surveille le poste. Lentre 1 est utilise pour transmettre un signal de pralarme au contrleur de boucle quand linterrupteur est ferm (i.e. quand la manette est tire). Lentre 2 du module est utilise pour transmettre un signal dalarme au contrleur de boucle lorsque linterrupteur touche est activ. Adressage lectronique Deux adresses de dispositif sont ncessaires. Le contrleur de boucle assigne deux adresses au 270P automatiquement, ou des adresses particulires peuvent tre assignes au poste via ordinateur portatif; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Tmoins DEL Des tmoins DEL de diagnostic fournissent une indication visible de l'tat du poste, lorsque le dispositif est retir de la bote lectrique. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote. Alarme/actifLe tmoin DEL rouge clignote. Montage Le 270P peut tre encastr dans une bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple standard, ou il peut tre mont en saillie dans une bote lectrique commande spcialement. (Se rfrer la section des spcifications de cette fiche pour les renseignements relatifs une commande). Le bornier accepte des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 16 et 18 AWG sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le 270P requiert le contrleur de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage dalarme n/o (Classe B) Le code de personnalit 1 est assign aux canaux dentre 1 et 2 du 270P lors de sa fabrication. Lorsque linterrupteur touche est activ, un signal dalarme est transmis au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au niveau du poste dalarme dincendie.
Gamme de tensions de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 396 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 680 A Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme d'humidits de fonctionnement: 0 - 93 % HR Construction: Zinc coul avec plaque arrire en acier Mcanisme de fonctionnement: Action unique, levier tirer avec nterrupteur touche Poids la livraison: 0,5 kg (1,2 livres) Botes lectriques compatibles Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 54 mm (2-1/8 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple standard Barres en verre de remplacement: USA, rf 270-GLR (paquet de 20 barres) CAN, rf 27165 (paquet de 12 barres) Botes montes en saillie, commandes spcialement 27193-11: WHD = 76 x 121 x 64 mm (3 x 4-3/4 x 2-1/2 in). Fini mail rouge. Combinaison 1,27 cm (1/2 po) et 1,905 cm (3/4 po) dbouchures en haut, en bas et l'arrire. 276B-RSB: WHD = 89 x 128 x 62 mm (3-1/2 x 5-1/32 x 2-7/16 in). Fini mail rouge. Combinaison 1,27 cm (1/2 po) et 1,91 cm (3/4 po) dbouchures en haut, en bas et l'arrire. Wiremold C5744: Poli, fini mail crme. Combinaison 1,27 cm (1/2 po) et 2,54 cm (1 po) dbouchures en haut, en bas et l'arrire.
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
FIRE ALARM
PULL
IN CASE OF
AVERTISSEMENTS
FICHE DINSTALLATION
FIRE
SIGA-270P Poste dalarme dincendie deux tages


TM
P/N: 387051P REV: 5.0 PG: 3 / 4
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) Le 270P est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et NE doit PAS tre dmont. 2) Ouvrir le poste manette en utilisant un tournevis lame plate pour tourner la vis de desserrage du couvercle dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre tout en cartant le couvercle de sa plaque arrire. 3) Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. 4) Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. 5) crire l'adresse assigne au poste manette sur l'tiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le poste. Dcoller du poste l'tiquette de numro de srie et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. 6) Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 5/8 po (16 mm) fournies, monter le poste manette dans la bote lectrique. 7) Tirer le levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre et faire passer la barre en verre dans le support de montage l'avant du poste manette. Pousser le levier de dclenchement de la tige en verre dans sa position ferme. Positionner l'interrupteur bascule la position NORMALE et pousser le couvercle enclenchement dans sa position verrouille. Plaque arrire
NOR MAL
Bote lectrique compatible Vis de desserrage du couvercle
Interrupteur bascule
LIF T
Levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre
SCHMAS DE CBLAGE
Remarques [1] Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour les spcifications de cblage. 2 Tout le cblage est limit en courant et surveill. Connexions faites lusine NE PAS altrer Tmoin DEL vert (normal) Tmoin DEL rouge (alarme/actif)
TB1
3 2 1
Dnudage des fils

Entre des donnes (+) Entre des donnes () Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent Sortie des donnes (+) Sortie des donnes () Vers le dispositif suivant
~6 mm (1/4 po) Dnuder lextrmit de TOUS les fils sur une longueur de ~6 mm (1/4 po) avant de les connecter sur le bornier du module. ATTENTION: Exposer le fil sur une plus grande longueur peut provoquer un dfaut de mise la terre. Exposer le fil sur une longueur plus courte peut se traduire par une mauvaise connexion.
[1] VUE ARRIRE
P/N: 387051P REV: 5.0 PG: 4 / 4
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The Double Action Fire Alarm Station, Model 278, is a component of the Signature Series. The 278 is a normally-open, dry contact signal initiating device that requires two actions by the user in order to initiate an alarm. First, the upper door marked LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE must be raised to access the alarm handle. Second, the alarm handle must be pulled to initiate an alarm. The single input module mounted to the back of the unit supervises the station and sends an alarm signal to the loop controller when the switch is closed (i.e. when the handle is pulled). Device addressing One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the 278 automatically. A custom address can be assigned to the station via laptop computer; no addressing switches are used. LEDs Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the unit is removed from the electrictal box. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Mounting The 278 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box, standard 4 in square 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep box with 1gang cover, or European 100 mm square box. The terminal blocks will accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The 278 requires the Signature Loop Controller. Personality code 1: N/O alarm latching (Class B) The 278 has a factory assigned personality code 1. Personality code 1 configures the 278 for Class B operation. When the pull lever is activated, an alarm signal is sent to the Loop Controller and the alarm condition is latched at the fire alarm station.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 400 A Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93 % RH Construction: High impact plastic with steel backplate Operating mechanism: Double action, pull lever Shipping Weight: 1.0 lbs (0.4 kg) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep box with 1-gang cover Replacement glass rods USA, P/N 276-GLR (pkg 20 rods) CAN, P/N 276-GLR (pkg 20 rods) Special order surface mount boxes 27193-10: Cream enamel finish
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE PULL FOR
WARNINGS
FIRE
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-278 Double Action Fire Alarm Station


TM
1) The 278 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should NOT be disassembled. 2) Open the pull station. Insert the key into the key-latch cover release and rotate the key while pulling the cover away from its backplate. 3) Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. 4) Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. 5) Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. 6) Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the pull station to the electrical box. 7) Install the glass rod through the mounting bracket inside of the pull station. Set the toggle switch to the NORMAL position, and snap the cover into its locked position. Glass rod Back plate Toggle switch Compatible electrical box
Key-latch cover release
OPEN
WIRING DIAGRAM
Notes [1] Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. 2 All wiring is power-limited and supervised.
Factory connections: do NOT alter Green LED (normal) Red LED (alarm/active) TB1

DATA IN (+) DATA IN () From Signature controller [1] or previous device REAR VIEW of 278 DATA OUT (+) DATA OUT () To next device 1/4 in (~6 mm) Strip 1/4 in (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. CAUTION: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection.
P/N: 387047P REV: 5.0 PG: 2 / 4

Description Le poste dalarme dincendie double action, modle 278, est un composant du systme Srie Signature. Le 278 est un dispositif de dclenchement de signal contact sec normalement ouvert qui requiert deux actions de la part de lutilisateur pour dclencher une alarme. Dabord, la porte du haut o est marqu SOULEVER PUIS TIRER LA MANETTE doit tre monte pour avoir accs la manette dalarme. Ensuite, la manette dalarme doit tre tire pour dclencher une alarme. Le module dentre unique mont larrire du dispositif surveille le poste et transmet un signal dalarme au contrleur de boucle quand linterrupteur est ferm (i.e. quand la manette est tire). Adressage lectronique Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le contrleur de boucle assigne une adresse au poste automatiquement. Une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au poste via ordinateur portati; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Tmoins DEL: Des tmoins DEL de diagnostic fournissent une indication visible de ltat du module, lorsque le dispositif est retir de la bote lectrique. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote. Alarme/actif: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote. Montage Le 278 peut tre mont dans une bote simple standard Amrique du Nord de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur, dans une bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec un couvercle simple standard ou dans une bote carre europenne de 100 mm. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 16 et 18 AWG sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le 278 requiert le contrleur de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage dalarme n/o (Classe B) Le code de personnalit 1 est assign en usine au 278. Le code de personnalit 1 configure le 278 pour le fonctionnement en classe B. Quand la manette est tire, un signal dalarme est envoy au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au poste dalarme dincendie.
Gamme de tensions de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc
Courant de veille: 250 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 400 A Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement: 0 - 93 % HR Construction: Plastique rsistance leve aux impacts avec plaque arrire en acier Mcanisme de fonctionnement: Double action, levier tirer Poids la livraison: 0,4 kg (1,0 livres) Botes lectriques compatibles Bote nord amricaine de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur simple standard Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec un couvercle simple standard Barres en verre de remplacement USA, rf 276-GLR (paquet de 20 barres) CAN, rf 276-GLR (paquet de 12 barres) Botes de montage en saillie, commandes spcialement 27193-10: Fini mail crme
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE PULL FOR
AVERTISSEMENTS
FIRE
FICHE DINSTALLATION
SIGA-278 Poste dalarme dincendie double action


TM
P/N: 387047P REV: 5.0 PG: 3 / 4
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) Le 278 est expdi de lusine assembl; il ne contient aucun composant qui puisse tre dpann par lutilisateur et NE doit PAS tre dmont. Ouvrir le poste tirette. Insrer la clef dans louverture du couvercle pour le verrouillage clef et tourner la clef tout en cartant le couvercle de sa plaque arrire. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire toutes les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (16 mm) fournies, monter le poste tirette dans la bote lectrique. Faire passer la barre en verre dans le support de montage lintrieur du poste tirette. Positionner linterrupteur bascule la position NORMALE et pousser le couvercle enclenchement dans sa position verrouille. Plaque arrire Interrupteur bascule Ouverture du couvercle pour le verrouillage clef Bote lectrique compatible
2)
3) 4) 5)
6) 7)
Barre en verre
OUVRIR
SCHMAS DE CBLAGE
Remarques [1] Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour les spcifications de cblage.
2 Tout le cblage est limit en courant et surveill.
Connexions faites lusine NE PAS altrer Tmoin DEL vert (normal) Tmoin DEL rouge (alarme/actif) TB1
Dnudage des fils

Entre des donnes (+) Entre des donnes () Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent Sortie des donnes (+) Sortie des donnes ()
~6 mm (1/4 po)
Dnuder lextrmit de TOUS les fils sur une longueur de ~6 mm (1/4 po) avant de les connecter sur le bornier du module. ATTENTION: Exposer le fil sur une plus grande longueur peut provoquer un dfaut de mise la terre. Exposer le fil sur une longueur plus courte peut se traduire par une mauvaise connexion.
[1]
Vers le dispositif suivant
VUE ARRIRE du 278 SRIE
P/N: 387047P REV: 5.0 PG: 4 / 4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The SIGA-AAXX is a high-efficiency, dual-input, switch-mode audio amplifier. The amplifier comes in two versions: 30 watt (SIGA-AA30) and 50 watt (SIGA-AA50), and has both 1 V and 25 V input levels. The output is supervised, power-limited, and user-selectable for 25 Vrms or 70 Vrms output voltage. An integral Signature module under software control selects the amplifier input channel. The amplifier reports its status to the Main Controller Module to reduce the need for additional field wiring. The amplifier also features a backup amplifier connection, which supports one-to-one or banked backup amplifiers. Power requirements Standby Active SIGA-AA30 Active SIGA-AA50 Frequency response Harmonic distortion Input Channel 1 dual input Channel 2 dual input Output SIGA-AA30 SIGA-AA50 Configuration EOL resistor Signature Data Circuit Addresses Emulation Maximum wire size Backup tone Operating temperature Primary Power Supply Humidity
SPECIFICATIONS
1 mA @ 24 Vdc 1.7 A @ 24 Vdc 3.2 A @ 24 Vdc 400 Hz to 4 kHz at -3 dB (ULC) 800 Hz to 2.8 kHz (ULI) < 5% 1 Vrms or 25 Vrms maximum 1 Vrms or 25 Vrms maximum 30 watts @ 25 Vrms or 70 Vrms 50 watts @ 25 Vrms or 70 Vrms Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) 47 kW 2 module addresses Signature series CC2 module 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) 1 kHz 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93%, noncondensing
INSTALLATION
1
Mount the amplifier with the screws and washers provided.
Warning!
Main Controller Module Expander Loop Module Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life.
Caution!
Observe static-sensitive material handling practices.
Audio Control Module
Audio Amplifier LED DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5 Audio Amplifier Color Green Yellow Green Green Red
LED indicators
Pattern Steady Steady Steady Flashing Flashing Description Power amp disabled Backup mode Amplifier active Normal communications (daughterboard) Active condition (daughterboard)
Interlocking washer Screw Note: See the installation sheets listed in the title box for other places to mount the Audio Amplifier.
2
a. b.
INSTALLATION SHEET:
Configure the amplifier Set JP2 (output voltage) to 25 Vrms or 70 Vrms as required. Set JP3 on the back of the daughter board for the backup mode.
INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387343 FILE NAME: 387343.CDR APPROVED BY: J. Massing CREATED BY: B. Graham REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 DATE: 30MAR00
SIGA-AA30/SIGA-AA50 Audio Amplifiers
Jumper Settings
JP2 JP3 Pins 1 and 2: 70 Vrms Pins 2 and 3: 25 Vrms In: TB5 signal before 1 kHz backup tone Out: 1 kHz backup tone before TB5 signal
Related documentation: WB3(R) Wallbox installation sheet, WB7(R) Wallbox installation sheet, RACCR Remote Audio Closet Cabinet installation sheet EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.
SARASOTA, FL: 941-739-4300 FAX 941-753-1806 CHESHIRE, CT: 203-699-3000 FAX 203-699-3075 OWEN SOUND, CANADA: 519-376-2430 FAX 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL, CANADA: 905-270-1711 FAX 905-270-9553
WIRING
3
a. Wire the amplifier Connect the power, the Signature Data Circuit (SDC) , the input risers, and the backup risers as required. Test the circuit before you connect the amplifier to the output wiring. Connect the circuits that check out good to the appropriate amplifier terminals.
25 Vrms input wiring

TB1 To the Ch 1 input of the next amplifier From the Ch 1 output of the source amplifier 25 V COM 25 V COM In To the Ch 2 input of the next amplifier From the Ch 2 output of the source amplifier 25 V COM 25 V COM In Out DS1 3 Audio Amplifier Out 3 TB2 Daughterboard JP3 on reverse side DS5 DS4
b. c.
Note: The terminal blocks indicate the polarity for normal monitoring of the circuits electrical integrity.
1 Vrms input wiring

Data in Data out To next device if required TB1 + _ _ 1 2 3 TB2 +
Notes
Signature series module: CC1, CC2, or UM UL/ULC Listed 47 kW EOL The actual placement of the TB1 and TB2 output terminals is almost directly behind the input terminals. Note also that the output terminals are taller than the input terminals. See the detail for 1 volt connections. All wiring is supervised and power-limited. Audio Amplifier COM 1V
Detail
1 volt connections
CH1 + _ AUDIO OUT
Out COM 1V In
2-AAC
TB3
CH2 + AUDIO OUT _
4 5 TB1 4
TB4 Audio riser out 2 Class B only
3 4 From the SDC 3 TB2 TB3 SIGA In_ Out _ + + JP2 70 V 25 V TB5 TB6 2
Audio riser return Class A only
2 1 2 1 2 Typical audio riser out 1
+ _ 24 Vdc from a listed fire alarm power supply TB1 4 Audio Amplifier TB4
3 4 TB2 TB3 SIGA In_ Out _ + + JP2 70 V 25 V 24 Vdc from a listed + _ fire alarm power supply 3 2 4 3 2 TB3 TB2 SIGA In_ Out _ + + 4 JP2 70 V 25 V 24 Vdc from a listed + _ fire alarm power supply TB5 TB6 In Backup Out Audio Amplifier TB1 Audio Amplifier TB4 NAC B A TB5 + _ + _ TB5 TB6 Typical audio riser return (Class A only)
TB4/TB5 wiring
DS3 DS2 TB4 SH + _ + _
To the rest of the Signature devices
P/N: 387343 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2
SPECIFICATIONS
Temporal Operati ng Vol tage (Note #1) 20 to 24 VDC Low Vol . Operati ng Current (UL 268 Indi vi dual al arm) Operati ng Current (UL 464 Reverse Pol ari ty) Sound Level Output @ 10 ft (3.05 M) Note #2 Anechoi c - Peak @ 24 VDC 99 dBA Anechoi c -Average @ 24 VDC Reverberant Room per UL 464 @ 24 VDC Reverberant Room per UL 464 @ 20 VDC Reverberant Room per UL 268 Synchroni zati on Compati bl e Detectors Operati ng Temperature Operati ng Humi di ty Storage Temperature Constructi on & Fi ni sh Maxi mum Di stance from Cei ng (wal i l l mount) Compati bl e El ectri cal Boxes Shi ppi ng Wei ght 20mA 50mA Hi gh Vol . 44mA 60mA 20 to 24V FWR Low Vol . 29mA 55mA Hi gh Vol . 57mA 73mA Continuous 20 to 24 VDC Low Vol . 20mA 50mA Hi gh Vol . 44mA 60mA 20 to 24V FWR Low Vol . 29mA 55mA Hi gh Vol . 57mA 73mA
Low Vol ume 99 dBA 94 dBA 79 dBA 79 dBA 85 dBA
Hi gh Vol ume 104 dBA 98 dBA 82 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Low Vol ume 99 dBA 94 dBA 79 dBA 79 dBA 85 dBA
Hi gh Vol ume 104 dBA 98 dBA 82 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Pul ses at temporal rate wi thi n 200 ms on common ci rcui t (Note #3) Si gnature Seri es Detectors 32F to 100F (0C to 38C) 0 to 93% RH -4F to 140F (-20C to 60C) Hi gh Impact Engi neeri ng Pol ymer, Whi te 12 i n (305 mm) NorthAmeri can 4" (101 mm) Square by 2-1/8" (54 mm) deep; mud box (4i nx 4i n octagonal concrete ri ng); European 100 mm2 1 Lb. (0.45 Kg)
NOTES: 1. The horn must be connected to a conti nuous vol tage when i ti s set to sound a temporal horn; i t may be connected to ei ther a pul sed or conti nuous vol tage when set to sound a steady tone. 2. For sl eepi ng area i nstal ati l ons, the HIGH VOLUME setti ng must be used. 3. The temporal pattern for the horn i s : 1/2s ON, 1/2s OFF, 1/2s ON, 1/2s OFF, 1/2s ON, 1-1/2s OFF, repeat cycl e. 4. The base wi l accept #12AWG (2.5 mm2 ), #14 (1.5 mm2 ), #16 (1.0 mm2 ), and #18 (0.75 mm2 ) wi re. Si ze #16 and #18 are preferred. 5. Break wi re run at each termi nal . Do not l oop wi res around termi nal s. 6. Rated 32F to 120F (0C to 49C) when used wi th model SIGA-PS or SIGA-IS. 7.At power up, uni ts may sound for 10 seconds. Do NOT connect 24 VDC unti l mappi ng i s compl ete.
SIGA-AB4
North American 4" (101 mm) Square 2-1/8" (54 mm) Deep Box, 2 mud box (concrete ring); European 100 mm .
2.13/16 in (71 mm)
6 13/16 in (173 mm)
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-AB4 Audible Detector Base

DRAWING PART NO.: 270754P REVISION LEVEL: 1.1 DATE: 08/12/97
A UNIT OF GENERAL SIGNAL
FILE NAME: 270754.CDR APPROVED BY: RR

2 CREATED BY: RW
GS BUILDING SYSTEMS CORPORATION

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 625 6th Street East Owen Sound, ON, Canada
WIRING
Base Wiring and Jumper Settings
JW1 OUT = Low Volume IN = High Volume
JW1 DATA (-) OUT JW2 DATA (-) IN DATA (+) IN/OUT
JW2 OUT = Steady Tone IN = Temporal Tone
From Power Supply or Previous Sounder Base 24 VDC IN (+) 24 VDC IN (-)
SIG +
SIG -
To Next Sounder Base or EOL Relay 24 VDC OUT (+) 24 VDC OUT (-) DATA OUT (-)
DATA IN (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (+) To Next Signature Device
Head Operates Its Sounder

(complies with UL 268)
6254A-003 EOL Relay
SIGA-CRR Activates ALL Sounders, Head Operates Its Sounder

(complies with UL 268 & UL 464)
1 Listed 24 VDC Power Supply Audible Bases 6254A-003 EOL Relay
Audible Bases
Listed 24 VDC Power Supply
Signature Controller
Optional SIGA-CR for disabling/disconnecting sounder base
Signature Controller
Optional SIGA-CR for disabling/disconnecting sounder base
NOTES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 All wiring supervised and power limited. Sounder operates when detector operates (UL 268). Sounder operates when polarity of power supply is reversed, i.e. SIGA-CRR module activated (UL 464). Optional SIGA-CR module used to silence sounders. End-Of-Line relay must monitor and report power supply trouble to control panel. Class B data wiring may be "T-tapped." Polarity of power supply circuit shown in supervisory state.
Tension de fonctionnement (Note n 1)
Courant de fonctionnement (Alarme individuelle UL 268) Courant de fonctionnement (Polarit inverse UL 464) Niveau du son en sortie 3,05 m (10 pi.) Note n 2
Salle anchoque - crte 24 V CC Salle anchoque - moyenne 24 V CC

Chambre de rverbration selon UL 464 24 V CC Chambre de rverbration selon UL 464 20 V CC
Chambre de rverbration selon UL 268 Synchronisation Dtecteurs compatibles Temprature de fonctionnement Humidit de fonctionnement Temprature de stockage Construction et fini
Distance maximum du plafond (Montage mural)
Temporel 20 24 V CC 20 24 V FWR Volume Volume Volume Volume faible fort faible fort 20 mA 44 mA 29 mA 57 mA 50 mA 60 mA 55 mA 73 mA Volume fort Volume faible 99 dBA 104 dBA 94 dBA 98 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 85 dBA
Continu 20 24 V CC 20 24 V FWR Volume Volume Volume Volume faible fort faible fort 20 mA 44 mA 29 mA 57 mA 50 mA 60 mA 55 mA 73 mA Volume fort Volume faible 99 dBA 104 dBA 94 dBA 98 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 85 dBA
Botes lectriques compatibles Poids la livraison NOTES:
Impulsions au taux temporaire moins de 200 msec sur le circuit commun (Note n 3) Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 0 C 38 C (32 F 100 F) 0 93% HR -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc 304,8 mm (12 po) Amrique du Nord, section carre de 101,6 mm (4 po) et de 54 mm (2-1/8 po) de profondeur; bote boue (anneau de bton octagonal de 10,16 cm x 10,16 cm (4 po x 4 po); Europe 100 mm 0,45 kg (1 livre)
2
1. Base sonore doit tre branch une tension continue quand il est configur pour mettre un son temporaire; il peut tre branch une tension pulse ou continue quand il est configur pour mettre un son stable. 2. Pour les installations o l'on dort, le rglage sur VOLUME FORT doit tre utilis. 3. La squence temporelle pour l'avertisseur est: 1/2s MARCHE, 1/2s ARRT, 1/2s MARCHE, 1/2s ARRT, 1/2s MARCHE, 1-1/2s ARRT, rptition du cycle. 4. La base accepte des fils de 2,05 mm , 1,5 mm , 1 mm et 0,75 mm (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 1 mm ou 0,75 mm (AWG n 16 et 18) sont prfrables. 5. Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils autour des bornes. 6. Gamme de tempratures de service: 0 C 49 C (32F 120 F) lorsque l'avertisseur est utilis avec les modles SIGA-PS et SIGA-IS. 7. la mise sous tension, les dispositifs peuvent mettre un signal sonore pendant 10 secondes. NE PAS brancher le 24 V CC tant que la mise en correspondance n'est pas termine.
2 2 2 2 2 2
MODE D'INSTALLATION
SIGA-AB4
Bote nord amricaine section carre 101 mm (4 po) x 54 mm (2-1/8 po) de 2 profondeur; bote boue (anneau de bton); europenne 100 mm .
2.13/16 in (71 mm)
6 13/16 in (173 mm)
FICHE D'INSTALLATION:
SIGA-AB4 Base sonore de dtecteur

DESSIN RF.: 270754P NIVEAU DE RVISION: 1.1 DATE: 12/08/97
NOM DU FICHIER: 270754.CDR APPROUV PAR: RR

2 CR PAR: RW

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 625 6th Street East Owen Sound, ON, Canada
CBLAGE
Cblage de la base et configuration des cavaliers
JW1 OUT = Volume faible IN = Volume forte
JW1 DATA (-) OUT JW2 DATA (-) IN DATA (+) IN/OUT
JW2 OUT = Son stable IN = Son temporel
De l'alimentation ou de la base sonore prcdent Arrive 24 V CC (+) Arrive 24 V CC (-)
SIG +
SIG -
Vers la base sonore suivante ou vers le relais FDL Sortie 24 V CC (+) Sortie 24 V CC (-) Sortie des donnes (-)
Entre des donnes (-) Entre des donnes (+) Du contrleur Signature ou du dispositif prcdent Sortie des donnes (+) Vers le dispositif Signature suivant
La tte contrle sa base sonore

(conformment UL 268)
Relais FDL 6254A-003
Le SIGA-CRR active TOUTES bases sonores, la tte contrle sa base sonore

(conformment UL 268 et UL 464)
1 Alimentation rpertorie 24 V CC
Relais FDL 6254A-003
Bases sonores
Bases sonores
Alimentation rpertorie 24 V CC
Contrleur Signature
SIGA-CR optionnel pour mettre hors service/dconnecter la base sonore
Contrleur Signature
SIGA-CR optionnel pour mettre hors service/dconnecter la base sonore
NOTES
1 L'ensemble du cblage est surveill et limitation de courant. 2 La base sonore marche lorsque le dtecteur marche (UL 268). 3 La base sonore marche lorsque la polarit de l'alimentation est inverse, i.e. lorsque le module SIGA-CRR est activ (UL 464). 4 Le module optionnel SIGA-CR sert rduire les bases sonores au silence. 5 Le relais FDL doit surveiller l'alimentation et reporter les problmes au panneau de commande. 6 Le cblage des donnes en classe B peut tre "drive en T". 7 La polarit du circuit d'alimentation est illustre dans l'tat de supervision.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The SIGA-APS is a switch-mode auxiliary power supply designed to provide additional power for audio components and external Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs). The power supply monitors the AC line, performs ground fault testing, and charges batteries (up to 10 Ah). The SIGA-APS also provides a smooth and uninterrupted transition to batteries in the event of an AC power loss. All trouble conditions detected by the SIGA-APS are transmitted to the fire alarm control panel through its connection to the Signature Data Circuit (SDC), eliminating the need for additional devices. All connections intended to leave the cabinet are fully protected against direct and induced transient voltage conditions.
AC Input voltage SIGA-APS SIGA-APS-220 Maximum wire size Output voltage Nominal rating Output circuits Maximum wire size Battery charging Charge current Charge capacity Signature Addressing Personality Code Maximum wire size
SPECIFICATIONS
120 Vac @ 300 W maximum, 50/60 Hz 220 Vac @ 300 W maximum, 50/60 Hz 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) 24 Vdc @ 6.75 A total Two power-limited circuits rated at 24 Vdc @ 3.2 A each 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) 1.0 A 10 Ah Two module addresses 03 (Emulates SIGA-CT2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 93%, Non-condensing
Environmental Conditions Temperature range Humidity
INSTALLATION
Mount the SIGA-APS with the screws and washers provided.
Warning!
Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life.
Auxiliary Power Supply
Caution!
WIRE ROUTING
The routing of power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring differs with each cabinet. For more information on the routing of power-limited and nonpowerlimited wiring, see the cabinets installation sheet.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
#6 interlocking washers 6/32 x 3/8 pan head screws
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-APS (-220) Auxiliary Power Supply Module

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387342 REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 DATE: 30MAR00
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.
SARASOTA, FL: 941-739-4300 FAX 941-753-1806 CHESHIRE, CT: 203-699-3000 FAX 203-699-3075 OWEN SOUND, CANADA: 519-376-2430 FAX 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL, CANADA: 905-270-1711 F AX 905-270-9553
FILE NAME: 387342.CDR APPROVED BY: J. Massing CREATED BY: B. Graham
WIRING
Strip 1/4 inch from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal blocks of the module. 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) Caution: Exposing more than 1/4 inch of wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less than 1/4 inch of wire may result in a faulty connection. To dedicated 220 Vac, 7.5 Amp, 50/60 Hz supervised branch circuit Line 1 Line 2 Ground 2 4
TB1 L1 L2 G 220 Vac Auxiliary Power Supply
To dedicated 120 Vac, 15 Amp, 50/60 Hz supervised branch circuit
TB3
1 + 24 Vdc _ NAC1 power
2 Hot Neutral Ground
TB1
2 120 Vac Auxiliary Power Supply
BATTERY
3 TB4
TB2
See the details below for the battery terminal wiring.
+ 24 Vdc _ NAC2 power _ + Data out 1 Signature Data 3 Circuit _ + Data in
Auxiliary Power Supply Route the battery wiring harness (P/N 250181) through the plastic channel under the SIGA-AAXX amplifiers to the battery terminals. TB2 Battery _ + TB2 Plastic channel SIGA-AAXX 4 Nonsupervised
Notes
1 2 Power-limited Nonpower-limited Supervised
SIGA-AAXX
red wire
+
Battery
_ +
Battery
+ black wire
Top view
387342.CDR REV 2.0 Page 2 of 2
SIGA-CC1 Single Input Signal Module

Product description Warnings
1. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current 223 A Activated current: 100 A Output ratings 24 Vdc: 2 A 25 Vac audio: 50 W 70 Vac audio: 35 W EOL resistor value: 47 k Max. circuit resistance: refer to manual Max. circuit capacitance: 0.1 F Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 F) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 7.7 oz. (218 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2.5 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4 in (101.6 mm) x 1.5 in (38 mm) deep square box with a 2-gang cover
The SIGA-CC1 Single Input Signal Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CC1 is an analog addressable device used to connect a supervised output circuit to the riser bus. The SIGACC1 does not provide supervision of the riser; the fire alarm panel must provide this function. Upon command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CC1 connects the output circuit to the riser input which can be 24 Vdc to operate polarized audible and visible signals, 25 V or 70 V to operate audio evacuation circuits, or telephone audio. One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CC1 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Note: The SIGA-CC1 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting
The SIGA-CC1 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with a 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred.
System controller compatibility

The SIGA-CC1 requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CC1. Personality code 5: Riser selector (single input): The SIGA-CC1 is assigned personality code 5 at the factory. This configures the module as a riser selector for signal power (24 Vdc) or audio evacuation (25 or 70 Vac). Since the module is not used for telephone audio, the ringtone generator is disabled for this personality code. The output circuit is monitored for open or shorted wiring. If a short exists, the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible or visible signal circuit, so that the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality code 6: Riser selector (single-input) ring-tone: Personality code 6 configures the module as a telephone riser selector. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the module generates its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is unnecessary. The module sends this signal to the control panel to indicate the presence of an off-hook condition, and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds, the ring-tone signal is disabled. 4. 5.
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
Wire stripping guide
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Strip 1/4 in (about 6 mm) from the ends of all wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. Caution: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection.
Installation Sheet SIGA-CC1 - Single Input Signal Module
17JAN03
P/N: 387022P REV: 7.0 1/2
Transient protection caution
Bipolar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P)
The SIGA-CC1 requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a Bipolar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bipolar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6 ft (1.83 m) from the module.
Wiring diagram
Personality code 5: typical speaker circuit
Personality code 6: typical telephone circuit Transient protection (see "Transient protection caution" above
Personality codes 5: typical notification appliance circuit Style Y (Class B) [1] [2] [5] [8]
10 9
Red LED (alarm/active)
6 5
2 1
Green LED (normal) Riser out (+) Riser out (-)
UL/ULC listed 47K EOL
From UL/ULC listed [5] control panel From Signature controller or previous device
Riser in (+) Riser in (-) Data in (+) Data in (-) [3] [4] Data out (+) Data out (-)
To next device or EOL resistor supplied with UL/ULC listed control panel
To next device
Notes
[1] [2] [3] [4] For maximum wire resistance, refer to the appropriate technical reference manual Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications Supervised and power-limited
[5]
Supervised and power-limited when connected to power limited source. If non-power limited, then all power limited wiring in box must use FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable or equivalent per NEC. Power limited marking must be eliminated. This module does not support 2-wire smoke detectors Polarity at terminals 9 and 10 on notification appliance, telephone, and speaker circuits shown in supervisory condition. Connect as shown in diagram. Polarity reverses on alarm. For EN54 applications, an RFK1 must be added to the output circuit
6. 7.
[8]
P/N: 387022P REV: 7.0 2/2
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-CC1 - Single Input Signal Module
SIGA-CC1S Auto-Sync Output Module

Product description
System controller compatibility The SIGA-CC1S requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CC1S. Personality code 5: Single-input riser selector: Personality code 5 configures the module as a signal power (24 Vdc) riser selector. The output wiring is monitored for open and short circuits. A short circuit causes the fire alarm control panel to inhibit the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality code 6: Riser selector (single-input) ring-tone: Personality code 6 configures the module as a telephone riser selector. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the module generates its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is unnecessary. The module sends this signal to the control panel to indicate the presence of an off-hook condition, and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds, the ring-tone signal is disabled. Personality code 25: Auto sync output (default): Personality code 25 configures the module to provide synchronization of compatible fire alarm signals across multiple zones. The output wiring is monitored for open circuits and short circuits. A short circuit causes the fire alarm control panel to inhibit the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality code 25 is only compatible with EST3, ADT3000, and XLS1000 panels. Note: You may use nonsynchronous fire alarm signals with or instead of compatible synchronized fire alarm signals, but the operation of these devices will not comply with UL 1971.
The SIGA-CC1S Auto-Sync Output Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CC1S is an intelligent, analogaddressable device used to connect a supervised output circuit to a signal riser. Upon command from the Signature loop controller, SIGA-CC1S connects the output circuit to the riser input. The output circuit energizes a riser to operate: 24 Vdc polarized audible and visual notification appliances (Note 1) 25 Vac audible evacuation circuits 70 Vac audible evacuation circuits Telephone audio
Notes The output circuit uses a resynchronizing feature to operate polarized notification appliances if they are compatible with Genesis series products. See the compatibility section below. The SIGA-CC1S does not supervise the 24 Vdc riser; the fire alarm control panel provides this function.
Warnings
1. Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off! This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CC1S automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
3.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current 223 A Activated current: 100 A Output ratings 24 Vdc (telephone riser also): 2 A 25 Vac audio: 50 W 70 Vac audio: 35 W EOL resistor value: 47 k Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 F) Construction: High impact engineering polymer P/N: 3100152 REV: 3.0 1/4
Mounting The SIGA-CC1S can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred.
Installation Sheet SIGA-CC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module
17JAN03
Shipping weight: 0.48 lb (0.21 kg) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2.5 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4 in (101.6 mm) x 1.5 in (38 mm) deep square box with 2-gang cover Synchronization: Meets UL1971 synchronization requirement. All signaling devices signal within 0.01 seconds of each other for a period of at least two hours while maintaining a one hertz signal rate. (For list of compatible devices, see Compatible device table.) Note: For synchronization, the maximum resistance between any two devices is 20 . See the voltage specifications for the SIGA-CC1S, the signaling device, and the control panel to determine the maximum allowable wire resistance. Number of devices Strobe candela rating 15, 15PS, 5A 30, 15/75, 3A, 7A 60, 75PS, 6A 75 110, 8A Maximum strobes 29 16 11 10 8
To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
4. 5.
Note Install in accordance with applicable requirements of the latest editions of the NFPA codes and standards, the Canadian Electrical code (Part 1, Section 32), and the authority having jurisdiction. Wire stripping guide
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Note: The SIGA-CC1S is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled.
P/N: 3100152 REV: 3.0 2/4
17JAN03
Wiring diagram
Personality code 5: typical speaker circuit
Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire. Maximum circuit capacitance of 0.1 F [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire
[8]
[3] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [4] Power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, eliminate the power-limited mark and:
Personality code 6: typical telephone circuit
Maintain a 1/4 in (6.4 mm) space from powerlimited wiring. (For other mounting methods, see enclosure and bracket installation sheets to maintain separation of power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring.) or
[8]
Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with the National Electric Code (required for electrical box installations).
Personality codes 5 and 25: typical notification appliance circuit + + [9] _ _ + + _ _ + + _ _ [8]
[5] Supervised and power-limited [6] Supervised [7] Polarity shown in supervisory condition. Polarity changes on alarm. [8] UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL [9] Transient protection (see Transient protection caution below)
[1] [2] [4] [6] [7]
_ +
Transient protection caution The SIGA-CC1S requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a bipolar transient protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bipolar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polaritysensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6 ft (1.83 m) from the module.
10 9 Auto-Sync Output Module Red LED (active/short) 8 7 6 5 4 3 Green LED (normal/trouble) 2 1
[2] [4] Riser out (+) Riser out (-) Riser in (+) Riser in (-)
[2] [3] [5] Data out (-) Data out (+) Data in (-) Data in (+)
17JAN03
P/N: 3100152 REV: 3.0 3/4
Compatibility
The SIGA-CC1S is compatible with Genesis, Enhanced Integrity (synchronized), and Enhanced Integrity Power Saver (synchronized) models. Compatible device table Description Genesis strobes Genesis horn strobes, high output Genesis horn strobes, low output Genesis wall speakers strobe Model number *G1-V15, *G1R-V15, *G1-V30, *G1R-V30, *G1-V60, *G1R-V60, *G1-V75, *G1R-V75, *G1-V110, *G1R-V110 *G1-HOV15, *G1R-HOV15, *G1-HOV30, *G1R-HOV30, *G1-HOV60, *G1R-HOV60, *G1-HOV75, *G1R-HOV75, *G1-HOV110, *G1R-HOV110 *G1-HV15, *G1R-HV15, *G1-HV30, *G1R-HV30, *G1-HV60, *G1R-HV60, *G1-HV75, *G1R-HV75 *G4-S2VM, *G4R-S2VM, *G4-S7VM, *G4R-S7VM Substitute XLS or ADT for *
Compatible device table Description Integrity mini strobes, synchronized Integrity strobes, four inch square box Model number *202-15PS, *202-15PSW, *202-75PS, *202-75PSW, *202-3A-T, *202-3A-TW, *202-5A-T, *202-5A-TW, *202-7A-T, *202-7A-TW, *202-8A-T, *202-8A-TW 405-15PS, 405-15PSW, *405-3A-T, *405-3A-TW, *405-5A-T, *405-5A-TW, 405-6A-T, 405-6A-TW, 405-75PS, 405-75PSW, *405-7A-T, *405-7A-TW, *405-8A-T, *405-8A-TW, CS405-7A-T, CS405-8A-T *757-3A-CS, *757-3A-CSW, *757-5A-CS, *757-5A-CSW, *757-7A-CS, *757-7A-CSW, *757-8A-CS, *757-8A-CSW 757-7A-T, 757-7A-TW, 757-8A-T, 757-8A-TW *757-3A-SS25, *757-3A-SS25W, *757-3A-SS70, *757-3A-SS70W, *757-5A-SS25, *757-5A-SS25W, *757-5A-SS70, *757-5A-SS70W, *757-7A-SS25, *757-7A-SS25W, *757-7A-SS70, *757-7A-SS70W, *757-8A-SS25, *757-8A-SS25W, *757-8A-SS70, *757-8A-SS70W *757-3A-RS25, *757-3A-RS25W, *757-3A-RS70, *757-3A-RS70W, *757-7A-RS25, *757-7A-RS25W, *757-7A-RS70, *757-7A-RS70W, *757-8A-RS25, *757-8A-RS25W, *757-8A-RS70, *757-8A-RS70W *964-3A-4RR, *964-3A-4RW, *964-3A-8RW, 964-3A-8SW, *964-5A-4RR, *964-5A-4RW, *964-5A-8RW, 964-5A-8SW, *964-7A-4RR, *964-7A-4RW, *964-7A-8RW, 964-7A-8SW, *964-8A-4RR, *964-8A-4RW, *964-8A-8RW, 964-8A-8SW *965-3A-4RR, *965-3A-4RW, *965-3A-8RW, 965-3A-8SW, *965-5A-4RR, *965-5A-4RW, *965-5A-8RW, 965-5A-8SW, *965-7A-4RR, *965-7A-4RW, *965-7A-8RW, 965-7A-8SW, *965-8A-4RR, *965-8A-4RW, *965-8A-8RW, 965-8A-8SW *403-3A-R, *403-5A-R, *403-7A-R, *403-8A-R *757S2-15PS, *757S2-15PSW, *757S7-15PS, *757S7-15PSW, *757S2-75PS, *757S2-75PSW, *757S7-75PS, *757S7-75PSW Substitute XLS for *
Integrity chime strobes Integrity horn strobes, temporal Integrity speaker strobes
Integrity speaker strobes, re-entrant wall mount Integrity speaker strobes, ceiling mount 25V
Integrity speaker strobes, ceiling mount 70V
Bell strobes adapter plate Power-saver speaker strobes
P/N: 3100152 REV: 3.0 4/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CC2 Dual Input Signal Module

Product description Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current 223 A Activated current: 100 A Output ratings 24 Vdc: 2 A 25 Vac audio: 50 W 70 Vac audio: 35 W EOL resistor value: 47 k Max. circuit resistance: refer to manual Max. circuit capacitance: 0.1 F Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 F) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 7.7 oz. (218 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2.5 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4 in (101.6 mm) x 1.5 in (38 mm) deep square box with 2-gang cover
The SIGA-CC2 Dual Input Signal Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CC2 is an analog addressable device used to connect up to two supervised output circuits (riser 1 and riser 2). The SIGA-CC2 does not provide supervision of the riser; the fire alarm panel must provide this function. Upon command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CC2 connects the output circuit to either the riser 1 or riser 2 bus, which can be 24 Vdc to operate polarized audible and visible signals or 25 V or 70 V to operate audio evacuation circuits. Two device addresses are required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CC2 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Note: The SIGA-CC2 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-CC2 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred.
4. 5.
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. Wire stripping guide
System controller compatibility

The SIGA-CC2 requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CC2. Personality code 7: Riser selector (dual input): The SIGA-CC2 is factory assigned personality code 7. Personality code 7 configures the SIGA-CC2 as a one or two output signal power (24 Vdc) or audio evacuation (25 V or 70 V) riser selector. Each output circuit is monitored for open or shorted wiring. f a short exists, the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible or visible signal circuit, so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Warnings
2.
Installation Sheet SIGA-CC2 - Dual Input Signal Module
17JAN03
P/N: 387040P REV: 7.0 1/2
The SIGA-CC1 requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a Bipolar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bipolar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6 ft (1.83 m) from the module.
Wiring diagram
Typical speaker circuit
Typical notification appliance circuit From UL/ULC listed control panel (+) Ch 2 (Input 2) Riser in [5] (-) (+) Ch 2 (Input 2) Riser out (-)
14 13 12 11 10 9
Install the Bi-Polar Transient Protector here.
Style Y (Class B) [1] [2] [5]
Red LED (alarm/active)
Green LED (normal)
UL/ULC listed 47K EOL
Ch 1 (Input 1) From UL/ULC listed [5] Riser in (+) (-) control panel From Signature controller or previous device Data in (+) (-) [3] [4]
Ch 1 (Input 1) To next device or (+) EOL resistor supplied Riser out (-) with UL/ULC listed control panel
(+) (-) Data out
To next device
Notes
[1] [2] [3] [4] For maximum wire resistance, refer to the appropriate technical reference manual Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications Supervised and power-limited
[5]
Supervised and power-limited when connected to power limited source. If non-power limited, then all power limited wiring in box must use FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable or equivalent per NEC. Power limited marking must be eliminated. This module does not support 2-wire smoke detectors Polarity at terminals 9 and 10 on notification appliance, telephone, and speaker circuits shown in supervisory condition. Connect as shown in diagram. Polarity reverses on alarm.
6. 7.
P/N: 387040P REV: 7.0 2/2
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-CC2 - Dual Input Signal Module
SIGA-CR Control Relay Module

Product description
2. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Specifications
8 7 6
The SIGA-CR Control Relay Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CR is an addressable device used to provide one Form C dry relay contact to control external appliances (door closers, fans, dampers, etc.) or equipment shutdown. The system firmware ensures that the relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. Upon command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CR relay energizes. TB2-6 and TB2-7 provide a normally closed relay connection; TB2-7 and TB2-8 provide a normally open relay connection. One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CR automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 100 A Activated current: 100 A Contact ratings (pilot duty) 24 Vdc @ 2A 120 Vac @ 0.5 A Relay type: Form C Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 5.1 oz (145 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover
Note: The SIGA-CR is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-CR can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-CR requires the Signature loop controller. Personality Code 8: dry contact output: The SIGA-CR is factory assigned personality code 8 which configures the SIGA-CR as an output dry relay contact.
4. 5.
Notes 1. 2. 3. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knock-out hole. If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knock-out holes. Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
Warnings
1. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Installation Sheet SIGA-CR - Control Relay Module
17JAN03
P/N: 387023P REV: 7.0 1/4

1/4 in (~6 mm)
Wall plate, white (1-gang)
Wiring diagram
Normally Open Common Normally Closed
[2] [5] TB2

8 7 6
Red LED (Alarm / Active) TB1
Green LED (normal)
DATA IN
(+) () [1] [4]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
From Signature controller or previous device
To next device
Notes [1] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [2] The SIGA-CR must be installed within the same room as the device it is controlling 3. Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire
[4] All wiring is power-limited and supervised [5] Supervised and power limited when connected to power limited source. If non-power limited, then all power limited wiring in box must use FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable or equivalent per NEC. Power limited marking must eliminated.
P/N: 387023P REV: 7.0 2/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CR Module Relais de commande

Description de produit
2. Ce module ne supporte pas les dtecteurs de fume conventionnels.
Caractristiques
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 100 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 100 A Amprage des contacts (fonction de commande) 24 V CC et 2A 120 V CA et 0,5 A Type de relais: C Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement: 0 93 % HR Gamme de tempratures de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts Poids la livraison: 145 g (5,1 oz) Botes lectriques compatibles Bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur, avec couvercle simple
Le Module Relais de commande SIGA-CR est un composant du systme srie Signature. Le SIGA-CR est un dispositif adressable utilis pour fournir un contact de relais sec C et commander des appareils externes (fermetures automatiques de portes, ventilateurs, registres, etc.) ou larrt dquipement. Le microprogiciel du systme assure que le relais rest en position marche/arrt correct. la commande du contrleur de boucle, le relais SIGA-CR est mis sous tension. Les bornes TB2-6 et TB2-7 fournissent une connexion de relais normalement ferme. Les bornes TB2-7 et TB2-8 fournissent une connexion de relais normalement ouvert. Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement une adresse au SIGA-CR ou une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au module via ordinateur portatif; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire. Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote
Installation
Note: Le SIGA-CR est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Pour installer le module: 1. 2. 3. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 1/2 po. (13 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique.
4. 5.
Montage Le SIGA-CR peut tre mont dans une bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur ou dans une bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGA-CR est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 8: sortie de contact sec: Un code de personalit de 8 est assign au CR lors de sa fabrication et le configure comme contact de relais sec de sortie. 3.
Notes 1. Si une bote standard simple de 51 mm (2 po) est utilise, le conduit lectrique ne peut pntrer dans la bote lectrique que par une dbouchure seulement. Si une bote simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) est utilise, le conduit lectrique peut pntrer dans la bote lectrique par une dbouchure ou par les deux. Le cblage doit tre conforme la NFPA 70, National Electric Code.
2.
Avertissements
1. Ce module ne fonctionne pas en labsence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires.
17JAN03
P/N: 387023P REV: 7.0 3/4
Dnudage des fils

~6 mm (1/4 po)
Dnuder lextrmit de tous les fils sur une longueur de ~6 mm (1/4 po) avant de les connecter sur le bornier du module. Attention: Exposer le fil sur une plus grande longueur peut provoquer un dfaut de mise la terre. Exposer le fil sur une longueur plus courte peut se traduire par une mauvaise connexion.
Plaque murale, blanche (simple standard)
Schma de cblage
Normalement ouvert Commun Normalement ferm
[2] [5] TB2

8 7 6
Tmoin DEL rouge (Alarme/Actif)
Tmoin DEL vert (Normal)
TB1
ENTRE DES (+) DONNES () Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent
(+) SORTIE DES () [1] [4]

DONNES
Au dispositif suivant
Notes [1] [2] 3. [4] Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour obtenir les spcifications du cblage Le SIGA-CR doit tre install dans la mme pice que le dispositif quil contrle Calibre de fil maximum: 2,5 mm carrs (AWG 12); minimum: 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 18) Puissance limite et contrle pour lensemble du cblage
[5]
Supervis et limit en courant lorsque raccord la source de courant limit. Si non limit en courant, alors tous les cbles courant limit l'intrieur du botier doit tre un cble de type FPL, FPLR, FPLP ou quivalent tel que NEC. L'identification de courant limit doit tre limin.
P/N: 387023P REV: 7.0 4/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay

Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 100 A Activated current: 100 A Contact ratings (pilot duty): 24 Vdc @ 2A Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing Wire gauge: 12 to18 AWG (2.5 to 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 AWG are preferred. Compatible bases: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 5.1 oz (145 g) Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
The SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CRR is an addressable device used to power and activate the audible sounder in Signature Audible Detector Bases. The module can support a 2 A load of bases. The system firmware ensures that the relay is in the proper state when powered up. On a command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CRR relay energizes, reversing the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. One device address is required. The SIGA-CRR requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CRR automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box. See Figure 1. The module can be mounted in the fire alarm enclosure using the SIGA-MP2 Mounting Plate. See Figure 2.
4. 5.
6.
Programming
Personality Code 8: Dry contact output: The SIGA-CRR is assigned personality code 8 at the factory. This configures the module as an output dry relay contact. WARNING: This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Notes The SIGA-CRR is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knockout hole. If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knockout holes. Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
Installation Sheet SIGA-CRR - Polarity Reversal Relay
13NOV03
P/N: 387336P REV: 3.0 1/4
Wiring diagrams
All wiring is power-limited and supervised. Schematic

Power in
+ Power out
8 7 6 5
Polarity reverses when activated
4 3 2
Data in
+ Data out
Figure 1: Mounting in compatible electrical box

Enclosure wall SIGA-MP2 mounting plate Standoffs
Typical application The following wiring diagram shows a typical application. Here, each detector operates its sounder base. The SIGA-CRR is used to activate all sounders, according to system programming rules. The SIGA-CR is optional, and is used to disable or disconnect the sounders.
Modules
Standoffs
Figure 2: Mounting in SIGA-MP2
First device
SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
SIG+ SIG-
SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
SIG+ SIG-
Last device
+
8 7 6 8 7 6 5
SIGA-CR
4 3 2 1
SIGA-CRR
4 3 2 1
2/4
13NOV03
P/N: 387336P REV: 3.0
SIGA-CRR Module 'Relais inversion de polarit'

Specifications
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 100 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 100 A Amprage des contacts (fonction de commande): 24 V CC et 2A Temprature de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Humidit de fonctionnement: 0 93 % HR paisseur du fil: 2,5 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Bases compatibles: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Botes lectriques compatibles Bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur, avec couvercle simple Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts Poids la livraison: 145 g (5,1 oz) Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F)
Le module 'Relais inversion de polarit'; modle SIGA-CRR, est un composant du systme srie Signature. Le SIGA-CRR est un dispositif adressable utilis pour alimenter en courant et activer les Bases Sonore de Dtecteur de Signature. Le module peut accommoder une charge de bases correspondant 2 ampres. Le microprogiciel du systme assure que le relais est dans l'tat correct quand il est mis sous tension. la commande du con-trleur de boucle, le relais SIGA-CRR est mis sous tension, inver-sant la polarit de sa sortie 24 volts CC. Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le SIGA-CRR est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement une adresse au SIGA-CRR ou une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au module via ordinateur portatif; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire: Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote
Installation
Pour installer le module: 1. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 5/16 po. (8 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique. Le module peut tre mont dans le botier de l'avertisseur d'incendie en utilisant la plaque de montage SIGA-MP2.
2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Programmation
Code de personnalit 8: Sortie de contact sec: Un code de personalit de 8 est assign au SIGA-CRR lors de sa fabrication et le configure comme contact de relais sec de sortie. AVERTISSEMENT: Ce module NE fonctionne PAS en l'absence de courant lectrique. Puisque les incendies provoquent souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires.
Notes Le SIGA-CRR est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Si une bote standard simple de 51 mm (2 po) est utilise, le conduit lectrique ne peut pntrer dans la bote lectrique que par une dbouchure seulement. Si une bote simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) est utilise, le conduit lectrique peut pntrer dans la bote lectrique par une dbouchure ou par les deux. Le cblage doit tre conforme la NFPA 70, National Electric Code.
13NOV03
P/N: 387336P REV: 3.0 3/4
Schmas de cblage
L'ensemble du cblage est surveill et limitation de courant. Schma
Tension d'entre
+ Tension de sortie
8 7 6 5
La polarit s'inverse quand le relais est activ
4 3 2
Entr des donnes
Sortie des + donnes
Application typique Figure 1: Montage en botes lectrique compatible Le diagramme de cblage suivant montre une application typique. Ici, chaque dtecteur actionne sa base sonore. Le SIGA-CRR est employ pour activer tous les sondeurs, selon des rgles de programmation systme. Le SIGA-CR (en option) et est employ pour mettre hors service ou dbrancher tous les bases sonore.
Mur de fixation du botier Plaque de montage du SIGA-MP2 Intercalaires
Modules
Intercalaires
Figure 2: Montage en SIGA-MP2
Premier dispositif
SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
SIG+ SIG-
SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
SIG+ SIG-
Dernier dispositif
Alimentation 24 volts CC rpertorie
+
8 7 6 8 7 6 5
Relais fin de ligne rpertorie et module surveill
SIGA-CR
4 3 2 1
SIGA-CRR
4 3 2 1
Entr des donnes du contrleur Signature
P/N: 387336P REV: 3.0 4/4
13NOV03
SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module

Product description
Personality code 2: N.O. alarm delayed latching (Class B): Personality code 2 operates the same as personality code 1 except that contact closure must be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm signal is generated. Personality code 2 is only for use with non-retarded waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 3: N.O. active non-latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active signal instead of an alarm signal and does NOT latch at the module. Personality code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 4: N.O. active latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm event, which is latched at the module. Personality code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches.
Warnings
1. The SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CT1 is an analog addressable device used to connect a Class B, normally open, alarm, supervisory, or monitor type dry contact initiating device circuit (IDC) to a Signature loop controller. One device address is required. The SIGA-CT1 can be used for alarm, supervisory, or monitor type applications. This is determined by a personality code that is downloaded to the module by the loop controller during system configuration. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CT1 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 400 A Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 5.1 oz (145 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover Initiating device circuit (IDC) EOL resistor value: 47 K, UL listed Max. circuit resistance (per channel): 50 (25 per wire) Max. circuit capacitiance (per channel): 0.1 F
Mounting The SIGA-CT1 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-CT1 requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CT1. Personality code 1: N.O. alarm latching (Class B): Personality code 1 is assigned to input channels 1 and 2 at the factory. Personality code 1 configures the module for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices (e.g., pull stations, heat detectors, etc.). When the N.O. input contact of an initiating device is closed, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module.
Note: The SIGA-CT1 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. P/N: 387021P REV: 7.0 1/4
Installation Sheet SIGA-CT1 - Single Input Module
17JAN03
4. 5.
Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Wiring diagram
Style B (Class B) [1] [2] [4] TB2

8 7
Typical N.O. initiating device UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL Green LED (normal)
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications
[4] Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350 A 5. 6. All wiring is power-limited and supervised This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors
P/N: 387021P REV: 7.0 2/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CT1 Module Une Seule Entre

maintenue pendant environ 16 secondes pour gnrer un tat dalarme. Le code de personnalit 2 nest utilis quavec des interrupteurs dalarme de dbit deau non retards. Code de personnalit 3: non verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme et NE verrouille PAS au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 3 est habi-tuellement utilis pour la surveillance des ventilateurs, des registres, des portes, etc. Code de personnalit 4: verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme, verrouill au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 4 est habituellement utilis dans la surveillance des contacts de surveillance et des contacts de dfaut.
4 3 2 1
Avertissements
1. Ce module ne fonctionne pas en labsence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce module ne supporte pas les dtecteurs de fume conventionnels.
Le Module Une Seule Entre SIGA-CT1 est un composant du Srie Signature. Le SIGA-CT1 est un dispositif analogique adressable utilis pour connecter un circuit de dclenchement (initiating device circuit, ou IDC) contact sec normalement ouvert de Classe B, de type alarme, supervision, ou moniteur, un contrleur de boucle Signature. Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le SIGA-CT1 peut tre utilis pour des applications de type alarme, supervision, ou moniteur comme dtermin par le code de personnalit tlcharg dans le module par le contrleur de boucle pendant la configuration du systme. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement une adresse au SIGA-CT1 ou une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au module via ordinateur portatif ; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire:
2.
Caractristiques
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 250 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 400 A Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement: 0 93 % HR Gamme de tempratures de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts Poids la livraison: 145 g (5,1 oz) Botes lectriques compatibles Bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur, avec couvercle simple Circuit de dclenchement (IDC) Rsistance FDL: 47 K, rpertorie UL Rsistance de circuit maximum (par canal): 50 (25 par fil) Capacit de circuit maximum (par canal): 0,1 F
Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote
Montage Le SIGA-CT1 peut tre mont dans une bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur ou dans une bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGA-CT1 est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Le contrleur de boucle tlcharge le code de personnalit dterminant comment le module fonctionne. Les codes de personnalit suivants peuvent tre tlchargs dans le SIGA-CT1. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage dalarme N.O. (Classe B): Le code de personnalit 1 est assign aux canaux dentre 1 et 2 du module lors de sa fabrication. Le code de personnalit 1 configure le module pour les dispositifs contact sec normalement ouvert de classe B (postes manette, dtecteurs de chaleur, etc.). Lorsque le contact dentre N.O. dun dispositif de dclenchement se ferme, un signal dalarme est envoy au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au niveau du module. Code de personnalit 2: verrouillage dalarme retard N.O. (classe B): Le code de personnalit 2 fonctionne de la mme faon que le code de person-nalit 1, mais la fermeture du contact doit tre
Installation
Note: Le SIGA-CT1 est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Pour installer le module: 1. 2. 3. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 1/2 po. (13 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module.
4.
17JAN03
P/N: 387021P REV: 7.0 3/4
5.
Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique.
2.
3.
Dnudage des fils
~6 mm (1/4 po)
Schma de cblage
Style B (Classe B) [1] [2] [4]
TB2
8 7
Dispositif de dclenchement N.O. typique
FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC Tmoin DEL vert (Normal)
TB1
ENTRE DES (+) DONNES
(+) SORTIE DES () [3]

DONNES
()
Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent
Notes [1] [2] [3] Rsistance maximum: 25 par fil Calibre de fil maximum: 2,5 mm carrs (AWG 12); minimum: 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 18) Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour obtenir les spcifications du cblage
[4] 5. 6.
Maximum 10 Vcc 350 A Puissance limite et contrle pour lensemble du cblage Ce module ne supporte pas les dtecteurs de fume deux fils
P/N: 387021P REV: 7.0 4/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CT1I Single Input Module

Product description
Personality code 18: 4-state N.O. alarm latching (Class B): For Personality code 18, a contact closure causes an alarm status and a short condition causes a trouble status. Personality code 18 is typically used when a short condition must be distinguished from an alarm condition.
Warnings
2.
4 3 2 1
Specifications
The SIGA-CT1I Single Input Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CT1I is an analog addressable device used to connect a Class B, normally open, alarm, supervisory, or monitor type dry contact initiating device circuit (IDC) to a Signature loop controller. One device address is required. The SIGA-CT1I can be used for alarm, supervisory, or monitor type applications. This is determined by a personality code that is downloaded to the module by the loop controller during system configuration. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CT1I automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Note: The SIGA-CT1I is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-CT1I can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-CT1I requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CT1I. Personality code 3: N.O. active non-latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active signal instead of an alarm signal and does NOT latch at the module. Personality code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 4: N.O. active latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm event, which is latched at the module. Personality code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches. Installation Sheet SIGA-CT1I - Single Input Module
4. 5.
Notes 1. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knock-out hole.
17JAN03
P/N: P-047550-1912 REV: 2.0 1/2
2.
If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knock-out holes.
Wiring diagrams
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Style B (Class B) [1] [2] [4]
TB2
8 7
Typical N.O. initiating device UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL
Red LED (Alarm / Active)
Green LED (normal)
TB1
(+) () [3] (+) ()
DATA IN
DATA OUT
To next device
Personality codes 3 and 4
22 k resistors

8 7

(+) ()
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
DATA OUT
To next device
Personality code 18 Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [4] Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350 A 5. 6. All wiring is power-limited and supervised This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors
P/N: P-047550-1912 REV: 2.0 2/2
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-CT1I - Single Input Module
SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module

Product description
Personality code 2: N.O. alarm delayed latching (Class B): Personality code 2 operates the same as personality code 1 except that contact closure must be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm signal is generated. Personality code 2 is only for use with non-retarded waterflow alarm switches.
6 5
Personality code 3: N.O. active non-latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active signal instead of an alarm signal and does NOT latch at the module. Personality code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 4: N.O. active latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm event, which is latched at the module. Personality code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches.
Warnings
1. The SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CT2 is an analog addressable device used to connect one or two Class B, normally open, alarm, supervisory, or monitor type dry contact initiating device circuits (IDCs) to a Signature loop controller. Two device addresses are required. The SIGA-CT2 can be used for alarm, supervisory, or monitor type applications. This is determined by a personality code that is downloaded to the module by the loop controller during system configuration. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CT2 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
Specifications
Mounting The SIGA-CT2 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-CT2 requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CT2. Personality code 1: N.O. alarm latching (Class B): Personality code 1 is assigned to input channels 1 and 2 at the factory. Personality code 1 configures the module for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices (e.g., pull stations, heat detectors, etc.). When the N.O. input contact of an initiating device is closed, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module.
Note: The SIGA-CT2 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. P/N: 387037P REV: 8.0 1/4
Installation Sheet SIGA-CT2 - Dual Input Module
17JAN03
4. 5.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Wiring diagram
INPUT 1 INPUT 2
TB2 UL/ULC Listed Style B (Class B) [1] [2] [4] 47 k EOL Red LED (Alarm / Active) TB1
8 7 6 5
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [4] Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350 A P/N: 387037P REV: 8.0 2/4
5. 6.
All wiring is power-limited and supervised This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors
17JAN03
SIGA-CT2 Module Double Entre

dalarme. Le code de personnalit 2 nest utilis quavec des interrupteurs dalarme de dbit deau non retards. Code de personnalit 3: non verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme et NE verrouille PAS au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 3 est habi-tuellement utilis pour la surveillance des ventilateurs, des registres, des portes, etc.
8 7 6 5
Code de personnalit 4: verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme, verrouill au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 4 est habituellement utilis dans la surveillance des contacts de surveillance et des contacts de dfaut.
Avertissements
Le Module Double Entre SIGA-CT2 est un composant du Srie Signature. Le SIGA-CT2 est un dispositif analogique adressable utilis pour connecter jusqu deux circuits de dclenchement (initiating device circuit, ou IDC) contact sec normalement ouvert de classe B, de type alarme, supervision ou moniteur, un contrleur de boucle Signature. Deux adresses de dispositif sont ncessaires. Le SIGA-CT2 peut tre utilis pour des applications de type alarme, supervision, ou moniteur comme dtermin par le code de personnalit tlcharg dans le module par le contrleur de boucle pendant la configuration du systme. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement deux adresses au SIGA-CT2, ou deux adresses particulires peuvent tre assignes au module via ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire: Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote
2.
Caractristiques
Montage Le SIGA-CT2 peut tre mont dans une bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur ou dans une bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGA-CT2 est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Le contrleur de boucle tlcharge le code de personnalit dterminant comment le module fonctionne. Les codes de personnalit suivants peuvent tre tlchargs dans le SIGA-CT2. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage dalarme N.O. (Classe B): Le code de personnalit 1 est assign aux canaux dentre 1 et 2 du module lors de sa fabrication. Le code de personnalit 1 configure le module pour les dispositifs contact sec normalement ouvert de classe B (postes manette, dtecteurs de chaleur, etc.). Lorsque le contact dentre N.O. dun dispositif de dclenchement se ferme, un signal dalarme est envoy au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au niveau du module. Code de personnalit 2: verrouillage dalarme retard N.O. (classe B): Le code de personnalit 2 fonctionne de la mme faon que le code de person-nalit 1, mais la fermeture du contact doit tre maintenue pendant environ 16 secondes pour gnrer un tat
Installation
Note: Le SIGA-CT2 est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Pour installer le module: 1. 2. 3. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 1/2 po. (13 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique.
4. 5.
17JAN03
P/N: 387037P REV: 8.0 3/4
Plaque murale, blanche (simple standard) Bote lectrique compatible
2.
3.
Dnudage des fils
~6 mm (1/4 po)
Schma de cblage
ENTRE 1 ENTRE 2
TB2 FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC Style B (Classe B) [1] [2] [4]

8 7 6 5
FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC
Tmoin DEL rouge (Alarme/Actif) TB1
ENTRE DES DONNES ()
(+)
(+) SORTIE DES () DONNES

[3] Au dispositif suivant
Notes [1] Rsistance maximum: 25 par fil
5. 6.
Puissance limite et contrle pour lensemble du cblage Ce module ne supporte pas les dtecteurs de fume deux fils
[2] Calibre de fil maximum: 2,5 mm carrs (AWG 12); minimum: 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 18) [3] Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour obtenir les spcifications du cblage [4] Maximum 10 Vcc 350 A
P/N: 387037P REV: 8.0 4/4
17JAN03
SIGA-CT2I Dual Input Module

Product description
Personality code 18: 4-state N/O alarm latching (Class B): For personality code 18, a contact closure causes an alarm status and a short condition causes a trouble status. Personality code 18 is typically used when a short condition must be distinguished from an alarm condition.
6 5
Warnings
2.
4 3 2 1
Specifications
The SIGA-CT2I Dual Input Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-CT2I is an analog addressable device used to connect one or two Class B, normally open, alarm, supervisory, or monitor type dry contact initiating device circuits (IDCs) to a Signature loop controller. Two device addresses are required. The SIGA-CT2I can be used for alarm, supervisory, or monitor type applications. This is determined by a personality code that is downloaded to the module by the loop controller during system configuration. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-CT2I automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Note: The SIGA-CT2I is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-CT2I can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-CT2I requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-CT2I. Personality code 3: N.O. active non-latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active signal instead of an alarm signal and does NOT latch at the module. Personality code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 4: N.O. active latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm event, which is latched at the module. Personality code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches. Installation Sheet SIGA-CT2I - Dual Input Module
4. 5.
Notes 1. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knock-out hole.
17JAN03
P/N: P-047550-1913 REV: 2.0 1/3
2. 3.
If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knock-out holes. Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Wiring diagrams
INPUT 1 INPUT 2
8 7 6 5
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Personality codes 3 and 4
P/N: P-047550-1913 REV: 2.0 2/3
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-CT2I - Dual Input Module
INPUT 1
INPUT 2
22 k
22 k
22 k
22 k
22 k
22 k
8 7 6 5
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Personality code 18 Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [4] Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350 A 5. 6. All wiring is power-limited and supervised This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors
Installation Sheet SIGA-CT2I - Dual Input Module
17JAN03
P/N: P-047550-1913 REV: 2.0 3/3
SIGA-DG and SIGA-DGMF Detector Guard with Optional Mounting Flange

Product description
Ceiling or wall surface Detector base Detector
Detector Guard Mounting Flange (optional)
The SIGA-DG Detector Guard is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-DG is designed to prevent mechanical damage to Signature Series smoke detectors. Use of the guard does not affect detector performance and requires no detector sensitivity increase. See the table below for a list of compatible devices. The optional SIGA-DGMF Mounting Flange is used to mount the detector guard to an electrical box or to a ceiling or wall surface. The mounting flange must be ordered separately. Compatible devices Detectors: GSA-PS, SIGA-IPHS, SIGA-IPHS-LG, SIGA-PS, SIGA-PS-LG, XLS-IPHS, XLS-PS Bases: GSA-IB, GSA-RB, GSA-SB, SIGA-IB, SIGA-RB, SIGA-SB
Detector guard
Figure 1: Mounting the Detector Guard to a ceiling or wall surface
Mounting the Detector Guard to the Mounting Flange

1. 2. Fasten the detector base to the Mounting Flange using the two 8-32 machine screws that are provided. Install the Mounting Flange on an electrical box or directly to the ceiling or wall surface using appropriately sized screws (not provided). Note: The mounting holes in the Mounting Flange provide clearance for up to a number 10 screw and are positioned to fit a standard 4-inch square electrical box. 3. 4. Route the wiring through the hole in the detector base. Wire the detector base in accordance with the instructions provided with the detector base, then connect the detector to the detector base. Mount the Detector Guard over the detector and to the Mounting Flange using the four 10-32 tamper-proof screws that are provided.
Specifications
Construction: 16 gauge steel Finished dimensions Detector guard: 6.50 inch diameter x 3.25 inch height (16.5 cm x 8.26 cm) Mounting flange: 7.57 inch diameter x 1.56 inch height (19.2 cm x 3.96 cm) Maximum distance from ceiling (wall mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Spacing: Listed detector spacing is not affected by the guard Finish: White enamel
5.
Mounting the Detector Guard to a ceiling or wall surface

1. Fasten the detector base to an electrical box in the ceiling or wall surface using appropriately sized screws (not provided). Route the wiring through the hole in the detector base. Wire the detector base in accordance with the instructions provided with the detector base, then connect the detector to the detector base. Mount the Detector Guard over the detector and directly to the ceiling or wall surface using appropriately sized screws (not provided) for your application and surface type. Note: The mounting holes in the detector guard provide clearance for up to a number 10 screw.
Mount to electrical box or directly to a ceiling or wall surface
Mounting flange Detector base Detector
2. 3.
4.
Detector guard
Figure 2: Mounting the Detector Guard to the mounting flange
Installation Sheet 14APR04 SIGA-DG and SIGA-DGMF - Detector Guard with Optional Mounting Flange
P/N: 387317P REV: 3.0 1/2
Detector guard mounting holes
Detector base mounting holes
Electrical box or ceiling or wall surface mounting holes

Figure 3: Mounting Flange hole descriptions
P/N: 387317P REV: 3.0 2/2
14APR04 Installation Sheet SIGA-DG and SIGA-DGMF - Detector Guard with Optional Mounting Flange
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The model SIGA-DG Detector Guard is designed to prevent mechanical damage to surface mounted Signature Series smoke detectors when used with the SIGA-DGS surface adapter. Use of the guard does not affect detector performance, and requires no detector sensitivity increase. The guard is finished in white enamel, and secured with tamper-proof fasteners. Construction Dimensions Surface Adapter Adapter & Guard Compatible Devices Detectors
SPECIFICATIONS
16 gauge steel 8.875" diameter x 2.25" height (22.54cm x 5.71cm) 8.875" diameter x 5.5" height (22.54cm x 13.97cm)
SIGA-IPHS SIGA-PS SIGA-IB SIGA-RB SIGA-SB XLS-IPHS XLS-PS GSA-IB GSA-RB GSA-SB GSA-PS
INSTALLATION
1. Install the SIGA-DGS surface adapter (A) over the electrical box/conduit using appropriate fasteners. Mounting holes provide clearance for a #10 screw. 2. Fasten the detector base (C) to the SIGA-DG mounting flange (B) using the two #8-32 machine screws provided. 3. Install the mounting flange and detector base (B & C) on surface adapter, using four #8 bolts provided. Route the base wiring through the hole in the base. 4. Wire the base in accordance with the instructions provided with the base, then install the detector (D). 5. Secure the guard cage (E) to the mounting flange using the four tamper-proof bolts provided, and tighten securely.
Bases
Spacing Finish
Listed detector spacing is not affected by the guard White enamel
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-DGS Surface Adapter

for use with the
SIGA-DG Detector Guard

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387318P REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 04/11/97 FILE NAME: 387318(R1.0).CDR APPROVED BY: RR CREATED BY: R W
2
GS BUILDING SYSTEMS, CORP.

SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4300 Fax: 941-753-1806 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3075 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The SIGA-DGSA Surface Adapter is used to mount the SIGA-DG Detector Guard to a surface mount electrical box. The detector guard is designed to prevent mechanical damage to surface mounted Signature Series smoke detectors. Use of the guard does not affect detector performance, and requires no detector sensitivity increase. The guard is finished in white enamel, and secured with tamper-proof fasteners. Dimensions
SPECIFICATIONS
Construction: 16 gauge steel Surface adapter: 8.875 in diameter x 2.25 in height (22.54 cm x 5.71 cm) Adapter and guard: 8.875 in diameter x 5.5 in height (22.54 cm x 13.97 cm) Compatible devices Detectors: GSA-PS, SIGA-IPHS, SIGA-IPHS-LG, SIGA-PS, SIGA-PS-LG, XLS-IPHS, XLS-PS
Bases: GSA-IB, GSA-RB, GSA-SB, SIGA-IB, SIGARB, SIGA-SB Spacing: Listed detector spacing is not affected by the guard Finish: White enamel
1. Install the SIGA-DGSA surface adapter (A) over the electrical box/conduit using appropriate fasteners. Mounting holes provide clearance for a #10 screw. 2. Fasten the detector base (C) to the SIGA-DG mounting flange (B) using the two #8-32 machine screws provided. 3. Install the mounting flange and detector base (B and C) on surface adapter, using four #8 bolts provided. Route the base wiring through the hole in the base. 4. Wire the base in accordance with the instructions provided with the base, then install the detector (D). 5. Secure the guard cage (E) to the mounting flange using the four tamper-proof bolts provided, and tighten securely.
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-DGSA Surface Adapter

(for use with the SIGA-DG Detector Guard)
INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 3100084 REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 05APR00
FILE NAME: 3100084.CDR APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: B. Graham


Ladaptateur de surface SIGA-DGSA est utilis pour monter le dis-positif de protection de dtecteur SIGA-DG une bote lectrique de montage en saillie. Le dispositif de protection de dtecteur est conue pour empcher des dommages mcaniques aux dtecteurs de fume de la srie Signature monts en saillie. Lutilisation du dispositif de protection naffecte pas les performances du dtecteur et nexige pas daugmenter la sensibilit du dtecteur. Le dispositif de protection est fini en mail blanc, et fix avec des attaches de scurit.
Construction: Acier de calibre n 16 Dimensions Adaptateur de surface: Diamtre de 22,54 cm x hauteur de 5,71 cm (8,875 po x 2,25 po) Adaptateur et dispositif de protection: Diamtre de 22,54 cm x hauteur de 13,97 cm (8,875 po x 5,5 po) Dispositifs compatibles Dtecteurs: GSA-PS, SIGA-IPHS, SIGA-IPHS-LG, SIGAPS, SIGA-PS-LG, XLS-IPHS, XLS-PS Bases: GSA-IB, GSA-RB, GSA-SB, SIGA-IB, SIGA-RB, SIGA-SB
INSTALLATION
Espacement: Lespacement du dtecteur list nest pas affect par le dispositif de protection Fini: mail blanc
1.
Installer ladaptateur de surface (A) du SIGA-DGSA par dessus la bote lectrique / le conduit en utilisant les attaches qui con-viennent. Les trous de montage laissent un dgagement pour une vis n 10. Fixer la base du dtecteur (C) la bride de montage (B) du SIGA-DG en utilisant les deux vis mcaniques n 8-32 fournies. Installer la bride de montage et la base du dtecteur (B et C) sur ladaptateur de surface, en utilisant quatre boulons n 8 fournis. Faire passer les fils de la base par le trou dans la base. Cbler la base conformment aux instructions fournies avec la base, puis installer le dtecteur (D). Fixer la cage du dispositif de protection (E) la bride de mon-tage en utilisant les quatre boulons de scurit fournis, et serrer fermement.
FICHE DINSTALLATION
2.
3.
Adaptateur de surface SIGA-DGSA

utiliser avec le Dispositif de protection SIGA-DG
4. 5.
FICHE RF: 3100084 NIVEAU DE RVISION: 1.0 DATE: 05APR00
FICHIER: 3100084.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: B. Graham

SIGA-DGSB Detector Guard Surface Box

Product description
Ceiling or wall surface
Surface box
Detector base Detector
The SIGA-DGSB Detector Guard Surface Box is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-DGSB is designed for use with the SIGA-DG Detector Guard to prevent mechanical damage to Signature Series smoke detectors. The SIGADGSB mounts directly to a ceiling or wall surface and provides a conduit knockout for surface mounted conduit. See the table below for a list of compatible devices. Compatible devices Detectors: GSA-PS, SIGA-IPHS, SIGA-IPHS-LG, SIGA-PS, SIGA-PS-LG, XLS-IPHS, XLS-PS Bases: GSA-IB, GSA-RB, GSA-SB, SIGA-IB, SIGA-RB, SIGA-SB
Detector guard
Figure 1: Mounting the surface box and detector guard
Detector guard mounting holes
Specifications
Construction: 16 gauge steel Finished dimensions: 7.57 inch diameter x 1.56 inch height (19.2 cm x 3.96 cm) Spacing: Listed detector spacing is not affected by the guard Maximum distance from ceiling (wall mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Finish: White enamel
Detector base mounting holes
1. 2. 3. Mount the detector base to the surface box using the two 8-32 machine screws provided. Route the wiring through the hole in the detector base. Install the surface box on the wall or ceiling surface using appropriately sized screws (not provided). Note: The mounting holes on the surface box provide clearance for up to a number 10 screw. 4. Wire the detector base in accordance with the instructions provided with the detector base, then connect the detector to the detector base. Mount the detector guard over the detector and to the surface box using the four 10-32 tamper-proof screws that are provided.
Ceiling or wall mounting holes

Figure 2: Surface box hole descriptions
5.
Installation Sheet SIGA-DGSB - Detector Guard Surface Box
14APR04
P/N: 3100744 REV: 1.0 1/1
PRODUCT INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION The Signature Series duct detector housing assembly, Model SIGADH, is designed for mounting in an air duct to detect the presence of smoke in the airstream of duct work sections of the HVAC air handling systems typically used in commercial buildings. The duct detector is not intended to be a substitute for an open area smoke detector. Compatible Bases
SPECIFICATIONS
SIGA-SB SIGA-RB SIGA-IB SIGA-PS SIGA-PHS SIGA-IPHS SIGA-LED 0 - 93% RH
Compatible Detectors
The duct detector housing assembly should be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and the authorities having jurisdiction. The preferred location of the housing is in a length of straight duct at least six duct widths from any bends or other obstructions as shown
Compatible Remote Annunciator Operating Humidity Range Air Velocity Range SIGA-PHS, -PS SIGA-IPHS, -IPHSB
300 - 4,000 ft/min. (1.524 - 20.312 m/s) 300 - 1,000 ft/min. (1.524 - 5.08 m/s)
Construction Shipping Weight Air Sampling Tubes Cat. No. 6261-001 6261-002 6261-003 6261-006 6261-010
Steel, High-Gloss Red 5.38 lbs. (2.4 kg)
Length 8" (0.2 m) 2' (0.6 m) 3'-6" (1.0 m) 6'-6" (1.9 m) 10' (3.0 m)
1)
Select the location for the duct housing and apply the adhesive backed drill template on the duct. Drill out the 4 mounting holes and the (2) 1 5/8" (41 mm) diameter holes for the air sampling and exhaust tubes. If the air stream is in the opposite direction to that shown, invert the duct housing. 2) Insert the appropriate air sampling tube (not supplied) in the 1 5/8" (41 mm) diameter hole. Orient the tube so that the air flows into the inlet holes along the side of the tube. If the air sampling tube is longer than the duct, either cut the end of the tube to fit inside the duct or drill a clearance hole in the opposite duct wall and allow the tube to protrude outside the duct. Insert the rubber stopper (supplied) into the far end of the sampling tube. 3) Insert the exhaust tube into the red connector on the housing oriented with the slanted edge facing downstream. Tighten the screw on the connector. 4) Bring the duct housing up to the air sampling tube, keeping the sampling holes oriented directly into the air flow. Insert the end of the tube into the connector on the housing and tighten the screw on the connector. 5) Secure the housing to the duct using the four #8 screws provided. If sampling tube is wider than the duct, seal all potential air leaks on opposite side of duct from around air sampling tube, including exposed inlet holes, with duct seal. 6) Remove knockouts from duct detector housing as required. Install conduit and bring the field wiring into the housing. Leave at least 12" (305 mm) of slack field wiring extending from the conduit for making the wiring connections. 7) Connect the green ground wire provided on the detector housing to an appropriate ground. Wire the detector base in accordance with the instructions supplied with the base. Secure the base to the adapter plate using two #8-32 screws (supplied). 8) Mate the detector to the base by rotating the detector on the base until it stops. 9) Insert the detector assembly into the smoke chamber in the duct housing, aligning the locating pin on the smoke chamber with the hole in the adapter plate. Secure the plate to the smoke chamber using two #8-32 x 3/8" (0.95 mm) screws (supplied). 10) Measure air velocity using the Cat. No. 6263-SG Air Velocity Test Kit. 11) Rectangular knockouts are provided on the top, bottom, right, and front cover of the duct housing for mounting optional modules. The modules are mounted on 1-gang stainless steel plates that fasten to the duct housing. For more information, refer to the Installation Instructions provided with each module. 12) For testing information, refer to the applicable duct detector installation instructions.
WARNINGS
1) For proper operation, ONLY the specified detectors should be used with this mounting plate. A detector that is not rated for the air velocities produced in air ducts will NOT operate properly and may result in loss of life.
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-DH Duct Detector Housing Assembly

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: P-847550-1723 FILE NAME: P-847550-1723.CDR REVISION LEVEL: 3.0 DATE: 31AUG00 APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: C. Hanrahan
NOTE

FIGURE 1: SIGA-DH
Front Cover
Adapter Plate
Base
Detector
Locating Pin Do Not Bend!
Smoke Chamber
Air Sampling Tube Connector
Neoprene Gasket Attached To Housing
Red Exhaust Tube Connector

Air Inlet Sampling Tube (Orient With Air Holes Facing Airflow)
Exhaust Tube (supplied) Orient With Slant Directed Away From Airflow
Rubber Stopper Must Be Installed Into End Of Sampling Tube
AIR DUCT
P/N: P-847550-1723 REV: 3.0 Page 2 of 4
AIRFLOW
PRODUCINFORMATIONS SUR LE PRODUITT INFORMATION

DESCRIPTION
Le botier de dtecteur sur conduit, modle SIGA-DH, est conu pour tre install dans un conduit dair de faon dtecter la prsence de fume dans le courant dair des sections du rseau de conduits des systmes de climatisation dans les btiments commerciaux. Le dtecteur sur conduit
Bases compatibles SIGA-SB SIGA-RB SIGA-IB SIGA-PS SIGA-PHS SIGA-IPHS SIGA-LED 0 - 93 % HR 1,524 - 20,312 m/s (300 - 4 000 pi/min) 1,524 - 5,08 m/s (300 - 1 000 pi/min) Acier, rouge brillant 2,4 kg (5,38 livres)
Dtecteurs compatibles
Indicateur distance compatible
MODE DINSTALLATION
Le botier de dtecteur pour conduit doit tre install conformment la norme NFPA 72 et aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Le botier doit tre install de prfrence dans une section rectiligne de conduit, une distance gale au moins six fois la largeur du conduit, partir de tout coude
Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement Gamme de vitesses dair SIGA-PHS, -PS SIGA-IPHS, -IPHSB Construction Poids la livraison
Coude ou autre obstruction
Tubes dchantillonnage dair N de cat. 6261-001 6261-002 6261-003 6261-006 Longueur 0,2 m (8 po) 0,6 m (2 pi) 1,0 m (3 pi 6 po) 1,9 m (6 pi 6 po)
Largeur du conduit 6 fois (minimum) la largeur du conduit 1) Emplacement du dtecteur pour conduit
Appliquer le gabarit autocollant lendroit choisi sur le conduit. Percer les 4 trous de montage et les deux trous de 1-5/8 po (41 mm) pour les tubes dchantillonage et dchappement. Si lair s coule dans le sens oppos celui indiqu sur le schma, inverser lorientation du botier. Remarque : La figure 1 illustre les tapes dcrites dans cette marche suivre. Insrer le tube dchantillonnage appropri ( commander sparment) dans le trou de 1-5/8 po (41 mm) de diamtre. Le tube doit tre orient de faon ce que lair entre par les orifices dchantillonnage percs le long du tube. Si le tube est plus long que le conduit, le couper de faon ce qu il entre dans le conduit ou percer un trou de dgagement dans la paroi oppose du conduit et laisser le tube dpasser du conduit. Utiliser le bouchon de caoutchouc pour obturer lextrmit du tube. Insrer le tube dchappement dans le raccord rouge en lorientant de faon ce que sa face biseaute soit tourne du ct aval du courant dair. Serrer la vis du raccord. Placer le botier de faon ce que le raccord pour le tube dchantillonnage vienne hauteur de celui-ci, tout en maintenant les orifices de prlvement dair fac au courant dair. Insrer lextrmit du tube dans le raccord situ sur le botier, puis serrer la vis du raccord. Fixer le botier sur le conduit au moyen des quatre vis n 8 fournies cette fin. Si le tube dchantillonnage est plus long que la largeur du conduit, enduire de produit dtanchit pour conduit le pourtout de lorifice o le tube traverse la paroi oppose du conduit, de faon obturer toutes les fuites possibles, y compris les orifices dchantillonnage qui sont exposs. Retirer les dbouchures appropries du botier et y insrer le conduit lectrique pour faire passer le cblage externe lintrirur du botier. Laisser dpasser au moins 12 po (305 mm) de fil au bout du conduit pour les raccordements. Raccorder le fil vert de mise la terre du botier de dtecteur une prise de terre adquate. Brancher le cblage de la base du dtecteur conformment aux instructions fournies avec cette base. Fixer la base sur la plaque adaptatrice au moyen de deux vis n 8-32 fournies. Accoupler le dtecteur la base en faisant tourner le dtecteur sur la base jusqu ce quil sarrte. Insrer lensemble du dtecteur dans la chambre de fume du botier, en alignant le goujon dassemblage de la chambre de fume avec le trou de la plaque adaptatrice. Fixer la plaque adaptatrice la chambre de fume en utilisant deux vis n 8-32 x 3/8 po (0,95 mm) fournies.
AVERTISSEMENTS
1)
Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, Nutiliser QUE les dtecteurs spcifis avec cette plaque de montage. Un dtecteur qui nest pas homo-logu pour les vitesses dcoulement dair produites dans les conduits dair NE fonctionnera PAS correctement ce qui pourrait
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
FICHE DINSTALLATION :
8) 9)
SIGA-DH Botier de dtecteur sur conduit

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : P-847550-1723 NIVEAU DE RVISION : 3.0 DATE: 31AUG00 NOM DU FICHIER : P-847550-1723.CDR APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : C. Hanrahan
10) Mesurer la vitesse dcoulement de lair laide du Ncessaire de mesure de vitesse de lair (n de catalogue 6263 - SG). 11) Le botier comporte sur le dessus, le dessous, le ct droit et lavant des dbouchures rectangulaires pour linstallation de modules optionnels. Ces modules sont monts sur des plaques simples en acier permettant de les fixer sur le botier pour conduit. Pour plus de dtails, se rfrer aux instructions dinstallation de chacun de ces modules.
NOTE

12) Pour lessai des dtecteurs, consulter la notice dinstallation fournie avec le dtecteur utilis.
P/N: P-847550-1723 REV: 3.0 Page 3 of 4
FIGURE 1: SIGA-DH
FIGURE 1 : SIGA-DH
Couvercle avant
Plaque adaptatrice
Base
Dtecteur
Goujon dassemblage Ne pas le tordre !
Chambre de fume
Raccord pour tube dchantillonnage de lair
Joint de noprne fix au botier
Raccord rouge pour tube dchappement
Tube dchantillonnage (Orienter les trous de prlvement de lair face au courant dair)
Tube dchappement (fourni) Orienter la face biseaute du tube du ct aval du courant dair
Bouchon de caoutchouc Doit tre insr au bout du tube dchantillonnage
BOTIER DAIR
P/N: P-847550-1723 REV: 3.0 Page 4 of 4
COURANT DAIR
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Refer to Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. Using the template provided on the reverse side of this sheet, drill eight (8) 1/16 in (0.158 cm) holes and cut out the 4 3/4 in (12.065 cm) circle. Make sure the holes in the duct correctly align with the holes in the DMP. Remove the appropriate conduit knockout on the DMP. Mount the base to the DMP as shown and wire the base according to the instructions provided with the base. Choose installation option and mount in accordance with diagram. Mount the DMP to the duct using eight #8-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screws (provided). 1)
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The Duct Detector Mounting Plate, Model DMP, is a component of the Signature Series used to mount a smoke detector inside an air duct. The DMP provides screws for mounting the detector base and includes a rubber gasket which forms an airtight seal between the mounting plate and the duct. Refer to the Installation Sheets provided with the detector, base, Remote LED Alarm Indicator (LED), and/or control relay module for specific wiring instructions.
WARNINGS
For proper operation, ONLY the specified detectors should be used with this mounting plate. A detector that is not rated for the air velocities produced in air ducts will NOT operate properly and may result in loss of life. The DMP is intended for use ONLY in the three configurations shown in Installation Options. For other duct sizes, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's documentation. Do NOT mount the DMP on the bottom side of a duct. This position will result in excessive dirt buildup in the detector and affect proper operation.
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
1
Remote LED Alarm Indicator (LED) mounted directly to DMP
Installation Options
ALARM
2)
For all 3 options, DMP may be mounted on either side of duct.
3)
2.8" (7.11 cm)

Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum Center Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Side
Electrical box (included): Standard 4 in (102 mm) square box 1 1/2 in (38 mm) deep w/1-gang cover Compatible bases: SB, RB, IB Compatible detectors: PS, PHS, IPHS Compatible remote annunciator: LED Duct wall thickness: Up to 3/4 in (1.905 cm)
Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum Up to 72 in (182.88 cm) Maximum if 2 detectors are used
Bottom
Control Relay Module (CR) mounted directly to DMP
7 6
3 2 1
Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH
2.8 in (7.11 cm) Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum Center Line Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum
ALARM
LED mounted at remote location
Air velocity range: PS, PHS 0 to 5,000 ft/min. (0 to 25.39 m/s) IPHS 0 to 500 ft/min. (0 to 2.54 m/s) Construction: Steel, high-gloss red Shipping weight: 2.7 lbs (1.2 kg)
Blank Cover Plate (standard electrical supply) mounted to DMP

2.8 in (7.11 cm)
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
ALARM
Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum
Center Line Up to 36 in (91.44 cm) Maximum
LED mounted at remote location
LED Blank Cover Plate and Control Relay Module, CR Blank Cover Plate Duct Detector Mounting Plate, DMP
Option 1 OR Option 2 OR
Option 3
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-DMP Duct Detector Mounting Plate

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387053P REVISION LEVEL: 6.0 DATE: 090200 FILE NAME: 387053P.CDR APPROVED BY: S. Jaskiel CREATED BY: S. Hawes
Compatible Base
RELATED DOCUMENTS: Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145)
Compatible Detector

DRILL TEMPLATE FOR DUCT DETECTOR MOUNTING PLATE, SIGA-DMP
4 3/4" (12.065 cm) diameter hole
1/16" (0.158 cm) diameter hole (8 required)
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instructions dinstallation. En utilisant le gabarit fourni au recto de cette fiche, percer huit (8) trous de 0,158 cm (1/16 po) et dcouper le cercle de 12,065 cm (4-3/4 po). Vrifier que les trous de conduit sont bien dans lalignement de ceux de la plaque DMP. Enlever la dbouchure de conduit approprie de la plaque DMP. Monter la base sur la plaque DMP comme illustr sur le schma cidessous et cbler la base selon la fiche d installation qui laccompagne. Choisir loption dinstallation et faire le montage suivant le schma. Fixer le DMP sur le conduit dair au moyen de huit vis autotaraudeuses n 8-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) (fournies). 1)

La plaque de montage de dtecteur pour conduit modle DMP est un composant du Srie Signature et est utilise pour monter un dtecteur de fume lintrieur dun conduit dair. Elle comprend des vis de montage pour la base du dtecteur et un joint de caoutchouc qui assure ltanchit entre la plaque de montage et le conduit. Se rfrer aux fiches dinstallation fournies avec le dtecteur, la base, le tmoin DEL distance et/ou le module relais de commande pour les instructions spcifiques de cblage.
AVERTISSEMENTS
Pour un fonctionnement correct, utiliser cette plaque de montage UNIQUE-MENT avec les dtecteurs spcifis. Un dtecteur non class pour les vitesses dair produites dans les conduits dair NE FONCTIONNERA PAS correctement et peut conduire la perte de vies humaines. Le DMP doit tre utilis UNIQUEMENT dans les trois configurations illustres dans la section Options dinstallation. Pour les autres tailles de conduit, se rfrer la documentation du fabricant approprie. NE PAS monter la plaque DMP sur la paroi de fond dun conduit. Cette position rsulterait en un empoussirage excessif du dtecteur et empcherait son fonctionnement correct.
OPTIONS DINSTALLATION
2)
Tmoin DEL distance (LED) mont directement sur DMP
ALARM
Pour les trois options, DMP peut tre monte sur nimporte quelle paroi du conduit
3)
7,11 cm (2,8 po)
Maximum 91,44 cm (36 po)
Ligne daxe
Maximum 91,44 cm (36 po) Maximum 182,88 cm (72 po) si Deux dtecteurs sont utiliss Fond
SPCIFICATIONS
Ct Bote lectrique (comprise): Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm de ct et de 38,1 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple standard Bases compatibles: SB,RB, IB Dtecteurs compatibles: PS, PHS, IPHS Indicateur distance compatible: LED paisseur des parois du conduit: Jusqu 1,905 cm (0,75 po) Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement: 0 - 93 % HR Gamme de vitesses dair: PS, PHS 0 25,39 m/s (0 5,000 pi/min) IPHS 0 2,54 m/s (0 500 pi/min) Construction et fini: Acier, rouge brillant Poids la livraison: 1,2 kg (2,7 livres)
Module relais de commande (CR) mont directement sur DMP
7 6
3 2 1
7,11 cm (2,8 po) Ligne daxe Maximum 91,44 cm (36 po)
ALARM
LED mont un endroit loign
Plaque de protection vierge (alimentation lectrique standard) monte sur DMP

7,11 cm (2,8 po) Ligne daxe Maximum 91,44 cm (36 po)
ALARM
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
LED mont un endroit loign
LED Plaque de protection vierge et module relais de commande, CR Plaque de protection vierge Plaque de montage de dtecteur pour conduit, DMP
Option 1 OU Option 2 OU
Option 3
FICHE DINSTALLATION
SIGA-DMP
Plaque de montage de dtecteur pour conduit
FICHE DINSTALLATION RF.: 387053P NIVEAU DE RVISION : 6.0 DATE: 090200 FICHIER: 387053P.CDR APPROUV PAR: S. Jaskiel CR PAR: S. Hawes
Base compatible
DOCUMENTATION SUPPLMENTAIRE: Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145)
Dtecteur compatible

GABARIT DE PERAGE DE LA PLAQUE DE DTECTEUR DE CONDUIT, SIGA-DMP
Trou de diamtre 12,065 cm (4-3/4 po)
Trou de diamtre 0,158 cm (1/16 po) (8 trous percer)
Product Information Installation Instructions

1) The SIGA-DTS is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should NOT be disassembled. Standby Current 250mA Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. Using the four 6-32 x 3/8" (9.5 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box. Using the four 4-24 x 5/16" (7.9 mm) self-tapping screws provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Operating Voltage Range 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc
Specifications
2) 3) 4)
DESCRIPTION The Duct Detector Test Station, Model SIGA-DTS, is an analog addressable component of the Signature Series System. One (1) device address is required. The SIGA-DTS is a normally-open dry contact signal initiating device that requires only one action by the user in order to initiate an alarm. The single input module supervises the keyswitch and sends an alarm signal to the loop controller when the switch is turned to the test position. When the system associated with the loop controller receives the alarm signal, the action associated with the SIGA-DTS and the duct mounted smoke detector is performed. (All outputs to be activated or functions to be performed by the system are carried out.) 400mA Activated Current +32 to +100F (0 to +38C) Operating Temperature Range 0 - 93% RH Operating Humidity Range -4 to +140F (-20 to +60C) Storage Temperature Range Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) Deep 2-Gang Box Standard 4" Square Box 1-1/2" (38 mm) Deep Box European 100 mm Square Box Construction High Impact Engineering Polymer
The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-DTS automatically, or a custom address can be assigned to the station via laptop computer; no addressing switches are used. Refer to Signature Series IOMC Manual (P/N 270144) for details on automatic and custom addressing. 5) 6) NOTE: 1) Wire in accordance with NFPA70-1996, National Electrical Code Article 760, Section 760-54(a)(1), Exception No. 2 and 3.
Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the station, when the unit is removed from the electrical box.
Status Normal
LED Indicator Green LED flashes.
Alarm/Active
2
Red LED flashes.
The terminal block will accept #14, 16 or 18 AWG wire (1.5 mm , 1.0 mm , 0.75 mm ). Sizes #16 and #18 are preferred.
Notes
1 2 All wiring power-limited and supervised. Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications.
SYSTEM CONTROLLER COMPATIBILITY The SIGA-DTS requires the Signature Loop Controller.
PERSONALITY CODE 1: N/O ALARM LATCHING (CLASS B) The SIGA-DTS is factory assigned personality code 1 which configures the SIGA-DTS for Class B operation. When the keyswitch is activated, an alarm signal is sent to the Loop Controller and the alarm condition is latched at the SIGA-DTS.

Strip 1/4" from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module.
WARNINGS
1)
This test station will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
CAUTION: Exposing more than 1/4" of wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less than 1/4" of wire may result in a faulty connection.
Table A - Technical Documentation
SIGA-DTS DUCT DETECTOR TEST STATION PART NO.: P-847550-1739 ISSUE: 2 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
SARASOTA , FL 800-655-4497 Fax. 941-753-1806 CHESHIRE, CT 203-699-3000 Fax. 203-699-3075 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax. 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax. 905-678-9791
P/N
Title
270144
Signature Series Technical Reference Manual
270186
Installation & Preventive Maintenance Guide
270188
System Operations Guide
SIGA-HFS Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2. This detector will not sense fires that start in areas where heat cannot reach the detector. Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. This detector is intended for use with ionization and/or photoelectric smoke detectors. The heat detector by itself does not provide life safety protection. 4. This detector will not detect oxygen levels, smoke, toxic gases, or flames. This device should only be used as part of a broad based life safety program which includes a variety of information sources pertaining to heat and smoke levels, extinguishment systems, visual and audible devices, and other safety measures. 5. Independent studies indicate that heat detectors should only be used when property protection alone is involved. Under no circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. 6. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. See Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for cleaning instructions. 7. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 8. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power.
Tamper-reist lever arm Break off to disable (located on base)
Access slot for tamperresist mechanism
Description: The Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detector (SIGAHFS) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains a fixed-temperature heat sensor to detect heat from fire. The heat sensor monitors the temperature of the air in its surroundings and the detector analyzes the data and determines whether an alarm should be initiated. A heat detector by itself, however, does not provide life safety protection. For life safety situations, a heat detector should be used in conjunction with ionization or photoelectric smoke detectors or a combination thereof. LEDs: The SIGA-HFS has two LEDs to indicate detector status: Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously
Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-alone operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when heat levels exceed a preset value. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The SIGA-HFS contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostic tests and storing results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
1. Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot and rotate the detector counterclockwise to remove it. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2. See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3. Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. 4. Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. 5. Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6. NFPA code requires that a calibrated sensitivity test be performed upon completion of the original installation and following any modifications or additions to the system. The Signature Series can perform this test and generate a system sensitivity report. 7. In Canada your installation must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S524-M91: Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems, and the local authority having jurisdiction. 8. Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA ULI fixed-temp alarm rating: 135 F (57 C) ULC fixed-temp alarm rating: 140 F (60 C) Actual alarm point: 130 to 140 F (54 to 60 C) Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum spacing: 70 ft (21.3 m) centers Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
Installation Sheet SIGA-HFS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387017P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-HFS Dtecteur de chaleur intelligent temprature fixe

Informations sur le produit Avertissements
1. Ce dispositif ne fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la chaleur ne peut pas l'atteindre. La chaleur dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Ce dtecteur est prvu pour tre utilis avec des dtecteurs de fume ionisation ou photolectriques. Le dtecteur thermique nassure pas lui seul la protection des vies humaines. Ce dtecteur ne dtectera pas la teneur en oxygne, la fume, les gaz toxiques ou les flammes. Il ne devrait tre utilis que comme lment dun programme de protection plus tendu comprenant une varit de sources dinformations sur la quantit de chaleur et de fume, des systmes dextinction, des dispositifs sonores et visuels ainsi que dautres moyens de protection. Daprs des tudes indpendantes, les dtecteurs thermiques ne devraient tre utiliss que pour la protection des biens. On ne devrait, en aucun cas, utiliser des dtecteurs thermiques comme seul moyen de protection. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi conformment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 7. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle anti-poussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle N'est PAS suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ramnagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice.
Levier de verrouillage - Casser pour mettre hors service - (situ sur la base)
2.
Fente d'accs du mcanisme de verrouillage
3.
4.
Description: Le dtecteur de chaleur intelligent temprature fixe (SIGA-HFS) est lun des composants du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent comprend un capteur thermique temprature fixe pour la dtection de la chaleur gnre par un incendie. Le capteur thermique surveille la temprature de lair environnant et le dtecteur analyze les donnes et dtermine ainsi si une alarme doit tre dclenche. Un dtecteur de chaleur seul, cependant, ne fournit pas une protection des vies humaines. Pour assurer une telle protection, un dtecteur de chaleur doit tre utilis en conjonction avec des capteurs de fume ionisation ou photolectrique ou combinant ces deux technologies. Tmoins DEL: Le SIGA-HFS comprend deux tmoins DEL indiquant l'tat du dtecteur: Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins allums de faon continue
5.
6.
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs, ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de chaleur dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le SIGA-HFS contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
8.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du mcanisme de vrouillage tout en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. Note: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitivement hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instructions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le Srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle anti-poussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Caractristiques techniques
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Seuil de temprature fixe ULI: 57 C (135 F) Seuil de temprature fixe ULC: 60 C (140 F) Point dalarme rel: 54 60 C (130 140 F) Environnement de fonctionnement Temprature: 0 38 C (32 100 F) Humidit: 0 93% HR - sans condensation Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Espacement maximum: Centres de 21,3 m (70 pi) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz) Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F)
7.
8.
P/N: 387017P REV: 8.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-HFS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detector
SIGA-HRS Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2. This detector will not sense fires that start in areas where heat cannot reach the detector. Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. This detector is intended for use with ionization and/or photoelectric smoke detectors. The heat detector by itself does not provide life safety protection. 4. This detector will not detect oxygen levels, smoke, toxic gases, or flames. This device should only be used as part of a broad based life safety program which includes a variety of information sources pertaining to heat and smoke levels, extinguishment systems, visual and audible devices, and other safety measures. 5. Independent studies indicate that heat detectors should only be used when property protection alone is involved. Under no circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. 6. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. See Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for additional information and for cleaning instructions. 7. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 8. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power.
Description: The Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector (SIGA-HRS) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature heat sensors to detect fire. The heat sensors monitor the temperature of the surrounding air and the detector analyzes the data from both sensors to determine whether an alarm should be initiated. The rate-ofrise heat sensor can quickly detect a fast, flaming fire. The fixedtemperature heat sensor detects fire when the air temperature near the detector exceeds the alarm point. A heat detector by itself, however, does not provide life safety protection. For life safety situations, a heat detector should be used in conjunction with ionization or photoelectric smoke detectors or a combination thereof. LEDs: The SIGA-HRS provides two LEDs that show detector status. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously
Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detector. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-alone operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when heat levels exceed preset values. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The SIGA-HRS contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostic tests and storing results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
1. Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot and rotate the detector counterclockwise to remove it. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2. See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3. Install and wire the base as described in the Installation Sheet supplied with the base. 4. Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. 5. Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6. NFPA code requires that a calibrated sensitivity test be performed upon completion of the original installation and following any modifications or additions to the system. The Signature Series can perform this test and generate a system sensitivity report. 7. In Canada your installation must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S524-M91: Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems, and the local authority having jurisdiction. 8. Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Stand-alone alarm current: 18 mA ULI fixed-temp alarm rating: 135 F (57 C) ULC fixed-temp alarm rating: 140 F (60 C) Actual alarm point: 130 to 140 F (54 to 60 C) Rate-of-rise: 15 F (8 C)/min. Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 0% to 93% RH, noncondensing Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum spacing: 70 ft (21.3 m) centers Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz. (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
Installation Sheet 13NOV03 SIGA-HRS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector
P/N: 387018P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-HRS Dtecteur de chaleur vlocimtrique et temprature fixe intelligent

1. Ce dispositif ne fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la chaleur ne peut pas l'atteindre. La chaleur dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Ce dtecteur est prvu pour tre utilis avec des dtecteurs de fume ionisation ou photolectriques. Le dtecteur thermique nassure pas lui seul la protection des vies humaines. Ce dtecteur ne dtectera pas la teneur en oxygne, la fume, les gaz toxiques ou les flammes. Il ne devrait tre utilis que comme lment dun programme de protection plus tendu comprenant une varit de sources dinformations sur la quantit de chaleur et de fume, des systmes dextinction, des dispositifs sonores et visuels ainsi que dautres moyens de protection. Daprs des tudes indpendantes, les dtecteurs thermiques ne devraient tre utiliss que pour la protection des biens. On ne devrait, en aucun cas, utiliser des dtecteurs thermiques comme seul moyen de protection. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi conformment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 7. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle anti-poussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle N'est PAS suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ramnagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice.
2.
3.
4.
Description: Le dtecteur intelligent temprature fixe et thermovlocimtrique (SIGA-HRS) est lun des composants du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent comprend un capteur thermovlocimtrique et un capteur thermique temprature fixe pour la dtection de la chaleur gnre par un incendie. Les capteurs thermiques surveillent la temprature de lair environnant et le dtecteur analyse les donnes des deux capteurs et dtermine ainsi si une alrme doit tre dclenche. Le capteur thermovlocimtrique peut rapidement dtecter un incendie flammes stendant rapidement. Le capteur thermique temprature fixe dtecte un feu lorsque la temprature de lair proximit dpasse le point dalarme. Le dtecteur de chaleur seul ne fournit pas une protection suffisante contre lincendie lorsque des vies humaines sont en jeu. Pour assurer une telle protection, il doit tre utilis en conjonction avec des capteurs de fume ionisation ou photolectrique ou combinant ces deux technologies. Tmoins DEL: Le SIGA-HRS comprend deux tmoins DEL indiquant l'tat du dtecteur. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins allums de faon continue
5.
6.
8.
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs, ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de chaleur dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le SIGA-HRS contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du mcanisme de vrouillage tout en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. Note: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitivement hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instructions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le systme srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle anti-poussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Seuil de temprature fixe ULI: 57 C (135 F) Seuil de temprature fixe ULC: 60 C (140 F) Point dalarme rel: 54 60 C (130 140 F) Taux daugmentation: 8 C (15 F)/min. Environnement de fonctionnement Temprature: 0 38 C (32 100 F) Humidit: 0% 93% HR, sans condensation Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Espacement maximum: Centres de 21,3 m (70 pi) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz) Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F)
7.
8.
P/N: 387018P REV: 8.0 2/2
13NOV03 Installation Sheet SIGA-HRS - Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description: The Intelligent Heat Detector (HRSI) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains a Grade 1 heat sensor that detects heat from fire. The heat sensor monitors the surrounding air temperature and the detector analyzes this data to determine whether an alarm should be initiated. The heat sensor can quickly detect a fast, flaming fire when the air temperature near the detector exceeds the alarm point. A heat detector by itself, however, does NOT provide life safety protection. For life safety situations, a heat detector should be used in conjunction with ionization or photoelectric smoke detectors or both. LEDs: The HRSI provides two LEDs that indicate the status of the detector. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detector. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone operation: In the event of communications failure with the loop controller, the detector will alarm when heat levels exceed its preset value. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual for verification of standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The HRSI contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. With some systems, these statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. 6) Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. 7) The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) MUST remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is NOT a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 8) To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 mA Alarm current: 45 mA Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Classification: Grade 1 Operating temperature range: 32 to 100 F (0 to 38 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93 % RH, noncondensing Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Maximum spacing: 70 ft (21.3 m) centers Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Compatible bases Standard: SB, SB4 Relay: RB, RB4 Isolator: IB, IB4, IBS Audible: AB4 Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g)
1) Push a small screwdriver into the access slot for the tamper-resist mechanism while rotating the detector counterclockwise to remove the detector. Note: The tamper-resist mechanism may be permanently disabled by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2) Refer to the technical bulletin for installation guidelines. 3) Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. 4) Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book. 5) Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6) Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
Tamper-Resist Lever Arm - Break off to disable (Located on Base)
Access Slot for Tamper-Resist Mechanism
WARNINGS
INSTALLATION SHEET
1) This detector will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2) This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where heat cannot reach the detector. Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3) This detector is intended for use with ionization and/or photoelectric smoke detectors. The heat detector by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. 4) This detector will NOT detect oxygen levels, smoke, toxic gases, or flames. This device should only be used as part of a broad based life safety program which includes a variety of information sources pertaining to heat and smoke levels, extinguishment systems, visual and audible devices, and other safety measures. 5) Independent studies indicate that heat detectors should only be used when property protection alone is involved. Under no
SIGA-HRSI Intelligent Grade 1 Heat Detector

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387271P REVISION LEVEL: 3.0 DATE: 05MAY99 RELATED DOCUMENTS Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145) FILE NAME: 387271P.CDR APPROVED BY: S. Jaskiel CREATED BY: D. Chinell

TM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish Compatible Detectors 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors 3.2 oz (91 g) 12 in (305 mm)
Shipping Weight SIGA-IB Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting)
7
DATA IN (-)
DATA OUT (-)
Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box NOTES: 1) 2) 3) These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.
DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device
Term Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) DATA IN (-) Not Used Not Used DATA OUT (-) Not Used
DATA OUT (+) to Next Device or Back to Loop Controller
SIGA-IB
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-IB Detector Base

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: P-047550-1887 DATE: 01/18/99 REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: C. Hanrahan FILE NAME: P-047550-1887.CDR
93016 01974

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA 625 6th Street East Owen Sound, Ontario Canada N4K 5P8
GENERAL WIRING PRACTICES

Refer to compatible panel Installation Sheet for terminal assignments.
Standard Detector Base
Relay Detector Base
Isolator Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Insulate Shield/Drain with tape
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
Shielded wire is required ONLY in environments with very high electrical noise. Shields must be continuous and insulated from ground. For Class B wiring, there is no shield connection to ground at the last device.
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
BESA Box North American 1-Gang Box
1.1 in (27 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)

0.8 in (20 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
3-1/2 in or 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box
European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box 60.3 mm Fixing Centers
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) 2.0 in (51 mm)
0.8 in (20 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)

P/N: P-047550-1887 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 4
4.4 in (112 mm)
1.5 in (38 mm)
1.75 in (45 mm)
DIAGRAMMES DE CBLAGE
Base de dtecteur isolateur SIGA-IB
Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement Gamme de tempratures de stockage Construction et fini 0 49 C (32 120 F) 0 93 % HR -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 91 g (3,2 oz) 305 mm (12 po)
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison

7
SIGA-IB Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural) Sortie des donnes (-)
Entre des donnes (+) Du contrleur de boucle Signature ou du dispositif prcdent
Borne 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Entre des donnes (-)
Sortie des donnes (+) Vers le dispositif suivant
Description Inutilise Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) Entre des donnes (-) Inutilise Inutilise Sortie des donnes (-) Inutilise
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA NOTES: 1) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm2 , 1,5 mm2 , 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm2 (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. 2) crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. 3) Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
SIGA-IB
Base de dtecteur SIGA-IB

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF.: P-047550-1887 NIVEAU DE RVISION: 1.0 DATE: 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER: P-047550-1887.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: C. Hanrahan

P/N: P-047550-1887 REV: 1.0 Page 3 of 4
CONSEILS GNRAUX DE CBLAGE

Rfrez-vous aux feuilles d'installation du panneau compatible pour le cblage des bornes.
_
3
1
Base de dtecteur standard
Base de dtecteur relais
Base de dtecteur isolateur
5
7
+
S
+
S
Isoler le blindage avec du ruban adhsif
Blindage
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
Un fil blind est requis UNIQUEMENT dans les environnements interfrences lectriques leves. Le blindage doit tre continu et isol de la terre. Cblage de classe B : aucune connexion nest effectue entre le blindage et la terre au niveau du dernier dispositif du circuit.
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
Bote BESA Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord
27 mm (1,1 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)

20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) ou de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur
112 mm (4,4 po)

Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

P/N: P-047550-1887 REV: 1.0 Page 4 of 4
112 mm (4,4 po)
38 mm (1,5 po)
45 mm (1,75 po)
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB4
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish Compatible Detectors 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors 3.2 oz (91 g) 12 in (305 mm) 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS)
Shipping Weight SIGA-IB4 Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting)
7
Class A Wiring Only DATA OUT (-)
Related Parts Compatible Electrical Boxes
DATA IN (-)
Term Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) DATA IN (-) Not Used Not Used DATA OUT (-) Not Used
2) 3)
DATA OUT (+) to Next Device or Back to Loop Controller

1)
North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (using outer mounting brackets on base) NOTES: These bases will accept # 12 AWG (2.05 mm ), #14 (1.5 mm ), #16 (1.0 mm ), and #18 (0.75 mm ) wire. Sizes #16 and #18 are preferred.
2 2 2 2
Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.
SIGA-IB4
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-IB4 Detector Base

93016 01978


Relay Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Surface Mount) 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)

2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
SIGA-TS
4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Flush Mount)

NOTES: 1)
Flush Mount Electrical Box
A 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS) must be installed to give a "finished" appearance to the 4 in base. Refer to Installation Sheet P/N 387056P for additional information.
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)

2.0 in (51 mm)
2)
4.4 in (112 mm)

P/N: P-047550-1889 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 4
Base de dtecteur isolateur SIGA-IB4
Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement Gamme de tempratures de stockage Construction et fini 0 49 C (32 120 F) 0 93 % HR -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 91 g (3,2 oz) 305 mm (12 po) Jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) rf. P-025031-0039
Dtecteurs compatibles
7
Entre des Du contrleur de boucle Signature
Borne 1 2 3 4 5 6
Entre des
Sortie des
Poids la livraison SIGA-IB4 Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural) Pices apparentes
Description Inutilise Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) Entre des donnes (-) Inutilise Inutilise Sortie des donnes (-)
Sortie des
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur (utilisation de supports de montage extrieurs sur la base) NOTES: 1) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm2, 1,5 mm2, 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm21(AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. 2) crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. 3) Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
SIGA-IB4
Base de dtecteur SIGA-IB4

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : P-047550-1889 NIVEAU DE RVISION : 1.0 DATE : 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER : P-047550-1889.CDR APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : C. Hanrahan

P/N: P-047550-1889 REV: 1.0 Page 3 of 4

Base de dtecteur standard Base de dtecteur relais Base de dtecteur isolateur
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
Isoler le blindage avec
+
S
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur (montage en saillie) Jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po)
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)
SIGA-TS
Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et de 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur (montage encastr)

NOTES:
1)
Bote lectrique pour encastrement
38 mm (1,5 po)
2)
Une jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) (Rf. SIGA-TS) doit tre installe pour donner un aspect final soign la base de 10,16 mm. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation rf. 387056P pour des renseignements supplmentaires.
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4)
P/N: P-047550-1889 REV: 1.0 Page 4 of 4
SIGA-IM Isolator Module

Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 45 A Activated current: 45 A Maximum circuit resistance between isolators: 6 Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact polymer Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep box with 2-gang cover
Application information
The SIGA-IM Isolator Module is a component of the Signature Series. It is an analog addressable device used to protect a Class A data line from total collapse due to wire-to-wire short circuits. The SIGA-IM monitors line voltages and opens the data line when a short is detected. A short is isolated between the two SIGA-IM modules located electrically closest to the short. The number of SIGA-IM modules on a Signature data circuit (SDC) is limited only by the number of detector addresses available on that SDC. Normal isolator operation 1. 2. A short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec. At 10 msec intervals, beginning on both sides nearest the loop controller, the isolators close and power the next isolator in line. An isolator next to a short closes, then reopens within 10 msec.
Data out Data return Loop controller
CLASS A CONFIGURATION WITH T-TAPS This part is effectively removed from the circuit IM Short circuit IM
In a Class A circuit, a short will be isolated between the two SIGA-IM modules located electrically closest to the short as shown in the two configurations below.
CLASS A CONFIGURATION This part is effectively removed from the circuit IM Short circuit IM
3.
The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-IM automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone isolator operation If communication with the Signature controller fails, the SIGAIM isolates any existing short condition and remains open until communication with the Signature controller is restored and the shorted condition is removed. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual to verify standalone capabilities. Mounting The SIGA-IM can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred.
Data out Data return Loop controller
Warning
This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Note: The SIGA-IM is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. P/N: P-047550-1788 REV: 5.0 1/2
Installation Sheet SIGA-IM - Isolator Module
17JAN03
To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Wiring diagram
Not used
4 3 2 1
Green LED (normal)
4. 5.
From UL/ULC listed control panel or previous device (+) DATA IN ()

[3] [4] [5]
To next device or return terminals on listed control panel (+) () DATA OUT
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA70 National Electrical Code. Wire stripping guide
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Notes 1. 2. For maximum wire resistance, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's documentation Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire
[3] Refer to Signature Loop Controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [4] This module should be used only with Class A wiring [5] Maximum circuit resistance between isolators is 6 6. All wiring is power-limited and supervised
P/N: P-047550-1788 REV: 5.0 2/2
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-IM - Isolator Module
SIGA-IO Input/Output Module

Product description
Personality code 32: N.C. relay output with monitor input: Personality code 32 operates the same as personality code 31, except that the output is configured as a normally closed, dry contact relay. Personality code 33: N.O. relay output with alarm latching input (Class B): Personality code 33 configures the SIGA-IO as a normally open, dry contact relay and an alarm latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the SIGA-IO sends an alarm signal to the Signature loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 34: N.C. relay output with alarm latching input (Class B): Personality code 34 operates the same as personality code 33, except that the output is configured as a normally closed, dry contact relay. Personality code 35: N.O. relay output with delayed alarm latching input (Class B): Personality code 35 configures the SIGA-IO as a normally open, dry contact relay and an alarm latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. This personality requires that a change in the state of the initiating device be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before the SIGA-IO sends an alarm signal to the Signature loop controller. The alarm condition is latched at the module, and the output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 35 is only for use with non-retarded, normally open waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 36: N.C. relay output with delayed alarm latching input (Class B): Personality code 36 operates the same as personality code 35, except that the output is configured as a normally closed, dry contact relay. Personality code 36 is only for use with non-retarded, normally closed waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 37: N.O. relay output with active nonlatching input (Class B): Personality code 37 configures the SIGA-IO as a normally open, dry contact relay and an active latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the SIGAIO sends an active signal to the Signature loop controller. The active signal does not latch, and restores when the input device returns to its normal state. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 37 is typically used for monitoring normally open fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality codes 38: N.C. relay output with active nonlatching input (Class B): Personality code 38 operates the same as personality code 37, except that the output is configured as a normally closed, dry contact relay. Personality code 38 is typically used for monitoring normally closed fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 39: N.O. relay output with active latching input (Class B): Personality code 39 configures the SIGA-IO as a normally open, dry contact relay and an active latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the SIGA-IO sends an active signal to the Signature loop controller and the active condition is latched at the module. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. P/N: 387346 REV: 3.0 1/3
The SIGA-IO Input/Output Module is an intelligent analogaddressable component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-IO requires one module address and provides the following modes of operation: Output with monitor input (personality codes 31 and 32) Input/programmable output (personality codes 33 through 40)
Personality codes downloaded to the SIGA-IO during system configuration determine its function. The Signature loop controller automatically assigns an address to SIGA-IO, but it will accept custom address assignments from a laptop computer. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Mounting The SIGA-CT2 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-IO requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-IO. Personality code 31 (factory default): N.O. relay output with monitor input: Personality code 31 configures the SIGA-IO as a normally open output relay contact that requires a maintained dry contact input activation. The activation must take place within a time period defined by the user (15 second default, 5 to 120 second selectable) after the output circuit activation. If the fire alarm control panel does not receive a monitor input within the specified time, it will generate a trouble condition.
Installation Sheet SIGA-IO - Input/Output Module
17JAN03
Personality code 40: N.C. relay output with active latching input (Class B): Personality code 40 operates the same as personality code 39, except that the output is configured as a normally closed, dry contact relay.
4. 5.
Warnings
1. Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Notes 1. 2. 3. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knock-out hole. If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knock-out holes. Route power-limited wiring and nonpower-limited wiring through separate conduit holes. Maintain 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) separation between power-limited and nonpowerlimited wiring Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
2.
3.
4.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 430 A Contact ratings (pilot duty) 24 Vdc @ 2A 120 Vac @ 0.5 A Relay type: Form A or B Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 0.34 lb (0.15 kg) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover Initiating device circuit (IDC) EOL resistor value: 47 K, UL listed Max. circuit resistance (per channel): 50 (25 per wire) Max. circuit capacitiance (per channel): 0.1 F
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Note: The SIGA-IO is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook.
P/N: 387346 REV: 3.0 2/3
17JAN03
Wiring diagram
[8] N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. UL/ULC Listed 47 k EOL
[5]
[7] [2]
[6] [3] [2] [1]
TB2
8 7 6 5
Green LED (normal)
TB1
[6] [4] [2] From Signature loop controller or previous device Data in (+) Data in (-) Data out (-) Data out (+)
To next device
Notes [1] 25 max per wire [2] 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) max; 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) min [3] 10 Vdc @ 350 A, max [4] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. [5] Personality code determines whether this output will be N.C. or N.O. [6] Power-limited and supervised
[7] Power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, eliminate the power-limited mark and: Maintain a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) space from powerlimited wiring. or Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electric Code.
[8] The Nomex isolation barrier separates power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring. Watch out for the sharp corners during installation and maintenance.
17JAN03
P/N: 387346 REV: 3.0 3/3
SIGA-IPHS(B) Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2. This detector will not sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach it. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. Ionization detectors are best suited for detecting fast, flaming fires. Photoelectric detectors are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The heat sensor in this device provides a source of supplemental information to that provided by the other sensors. The heat sensor by itself does not provide life safety protection. 4. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. 5. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 6. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 7. Under normal conditions this unit does not require calibration. If calibration is required, call Customer Service at 1-800-655-4497 to arrange for return to the factory. See Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for cleaning instructions. 8. Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
Description: The Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector, model SIGA-IPHS(B), is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains ionization and photoelectric smoke sensors and provides an additional heat-sensing element for detecting fire. The detector analyzes the data from all three sensors and determines whether an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity and notifies the loop controller of its condition. It issues a dirty-sensor warning when it reaches a preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector still operates within UL/ULC limits. LEDs: The detector has two LEDs that show status. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously
Electronic Addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-Alone Operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed a preset value. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capability. Self-Diagnostics: The detector contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
1. Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot and rotate the detector counterclockwise to remove it. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2. See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3. Install and wire the base as described in the Installation Sheet supplied with the base. 4. Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. 5. Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6. NFPA code requires that a calibrated sensitivity test be performed upon completion of the original installation and following any modifications or additions to the system. The Signature Series can perform this test and generate a system sensitivity report. 7. In Canada your installation must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S524-M91: Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems, and the local authority having jurisdiction. 8. Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Alarm point temperature: 60 to 70 F (33 to 38 C) above ambient Ionization source: Americium 241, 0.14 Ci Air velocity: 0 - 500 ft/min (0 to 2.54 m/s) ULI/ULC smoke sensitivity range: 0.67% to 3.70% obsc/ft (305 mm) Environmental compensation: Automatic Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 0% to 93% RH, noncondensing Installation altitude: 6,000 ft (1,828 m) maximum Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum distance from ceiling (wall-mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Installation Sheet SIGA-IPHS(B) - Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387016P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-IPHS(B) Dtecteur 4D multicapteurs intelligent

1. Ce dispositif ne fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la fume ne peut pas l'atteindre. La fume dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Les dtecteurs ionisation peuvent dtecter de nombreux types de feux et offrent une excellente dtection des feux dveloppement rapide avec flammes. Les dtecteurs photolectriques peuvent d-tecter de nombreux types de feux et offrent une excellente dtection des feux couvants dveloppement lent. Le capteur thermique de ce dispositif est prvu pour fournir des renseignements supplmen-taires ceux du capteur de fume photolectrique. Le capteur thermique tout seul nassure pas la protection de vies humaines. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi con-formment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle anti-poussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle N'est PAS suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ram-nagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice. Dans les conditions normales ce dispositif ne ncessite pas d'talonnage. Si un talonnage est ncessaire, appelez Service Clients au 1-800-655-4497 pour dispositions de renvoi lusine. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 8. Effectuer un essai du dtecteur au moyen du dispositif d'essai de dtecteur de fume et de l'accessoire adaptateur/tube, modle 1490, fabriqu par Home Safeguard Inc.
2.
3.
Description: Le dtecteur de fume 4D multicapteurs intelligent, modle SIGAIPHS(B), est l'un des composants du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent comprend la fois des capteurs de fume photolectrique et ionisation et un capteur thermique pour la dtection des incendies. Le dtecteur analyse les donnes des trois capteurs et dtermine ainsi si une alarme doit tre dclenche. Le dtecteur contrle constamment toute modification de sensibilit due l'environnement et informe le contrleur de boucle de la situation. Une alarme de capteur sale est mise par le dtecteur lorsque l'encrassement du capteur a atteint une certaine limite. Ceci informe l'oprateur du systme de la ncessit d'un nettoyage alors que le dtecteur est encore capable de fonctionner dans les limites UL/ULC. Tmoins DEL: Le dtecteur comprennent deux tmoins DEL. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins allums de faon continue
4.
5.
6.
7.
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de fume dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le dtecteur contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du mcanisme de vrouillage tout en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. Note: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitivement hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instructions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le systme srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle anti-poussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3.
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Temprature - point dalarme: 33 38 C (60 70 F) audessus de la temp. ambiante Source dionisation: Amricium 241, 0,14 Ci Vitesse de lair: 0 2,54 m/s (0 500 pi/min) Seuil de sensibilit la fume ULI/ULC: 0,67% 3,70 % obsc/pi (305 mm) Compensation/environnement: Automatique Environnement de fonctionnement: Temprature: 0 38 C (32 100 F) Humidit: 0% 93% HR, sans condensation Altitude d'installation: 1.828 m (6.000 pi) maximum Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Distance max. du plafond (montage mural): 305 mm (12 po) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz) Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F) 4. 5. 6.
7.
8.
Installation Sheet SIGA-IPHS(B) - Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387016P REV: 8.0 2/2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description: The Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector (model IPHSI) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains ionization and photoelectric smoke sensors and provides an additional heat sensing element for detecting fire. The detector analyzes the data from all three sensors and determines whether an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity and notifies the loop controller of its condition. It issues a dirty-sensor warning when it reaches a preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector still operates. LEDs: The IPHSI has two LEDs that show status. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously Electronic Addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-Alone Operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed a preset value. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capability. Self-Diagnostics: The detector contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 7) Under normal conditions, this unit does not require calibration. However, if calibration is required, return to: GS Building Systems Corporation 5 North Main Street Pittsfield, ME 04967-1500 See the Technical Bulletin for cleaning instructions. 8) Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Alarm point temperature range: 60 - 70 F (33 - 38 C) above ambient Ionization source: Americium 241, 0.135 Ci Air velocity range: 0 - 500 ft/min (0 - 2.54 m/s) Operating temperature range: 32 - 100 F (0 - 38 C) Operating humidity range: 0 - 93 % RH, non-condensing Storage temperature range: -4 - 140 F (-20 - 60 C) Environmental compensation: Automatic Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Compatible bases Standard: SB, SB4 Relay: RB, RB4 Isolator: IB, IB4, IBS Audible: AB4 Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Maximum distance from ceiling (wall-mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Maximum installation altitude: 6,000 ft. (1,828 m)
1) Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot and rotate the detector counterclockwise to remove it. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2) See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3) Install and wire the base as described in the Installation Sheet supplied with the base. 4) Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book. 5) Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6) Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
WARNINGS
1) This detector will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2) This detector will NOT sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach it. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3) Ionization detectors are best suited for detecting fast, flaming fires. Photoelectric detectors are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The heat sensor in this device provides a source of supplemental information to that provided by the other sensors. The heat sensor by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. 4) Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. 5) The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) MUST remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is NOT a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 6) To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-IPHSI Intelligent 4D Multisensor Smoke Detector

SHEET P/N: P-047550-1898 REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 28APR99 RELATED DOCUMENTS Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145) FILE NAME: P-047550-1898.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: D. Chinell

TM
SIGA-IS Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, you should discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
2. This detector will not sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. Ionization detectors have a wide range of fire-sensing capabilities and are best suited for detecting fast, flaming fires.
4. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. 5. Install the detector away from air supplies and air diffusers. The average air velocity should not exceed 75 ft/min (22.8 m/min). Brief gusts up to 300 ft./min (91.4 m/min.) are allowed. 6. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 7. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 8. Under normal conditions this unit does not require calibration. If calibration is required, call Customer Service at 1-800-655-4497 to arrange for return to the factory. Refer to Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for additional information and cleaning instructions. 9. Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
Description: The Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector (SIGA-IS) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device senses changes in air samples, analyzes the information, and then determines whether an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity due to the environment (e.g. dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity) and notifies the loop controller of its condition. The SIGA-IS issues a dirty-sensor warning when it reaches its preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector is still operating within UL/ULC limits. LEDs: The SIGA-IS detector has two status LEDs: Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously
Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone operation: If unable to communicate with the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed its preset value. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual for verification of standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The SIGA-IS contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These can be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
1. Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot while rotating the detector counterclockwise to remove the detector. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2. See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3. Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. 4. Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. 5. Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6. NFPA code requires that a calibrated sensitivity test be performed upon completion of the original installation and following any modifications or additions to the system. The Signature Series can perform this test and generate a system sensitivity report. 7. In Canada your installation must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S524-M91: Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems, and the local authority having jurisdiction. 8. Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Ionization source: Americium 241, 1 Ci Air velocity: 0 to 75 ft/min (0 to 22.8 m/min). See warning 5, below. ULI/ULC smoke sensitivity: 0.61% to 1.34% obsc/ft (305 mm) Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 0% to 93% RH, noncondensing Installation altitude: 6,000 ft (1,828 m) maximum Environmental compensation: Automatic Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum distance from ceiling (wall-mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz. (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Installation Sheet SIGA-IS - Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387013P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-IS Dtecteur de Fume Ionisation Intelligent

Informations sur le produit
Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F)
Avertissements
1. Ce dispositif NE fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la fume ne peut pas l'atteindre. La fume dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Les dtecteurs ionisation peuvent dtecter de nombreux types de feux et offrent une excellente dtection des feux dveloppement rapide avec flammes. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi conformment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Il est recommand d'installer le dtecteur loin des arrives et des diffuseurs d'air. La vitesse moyenne de l'air ne doit pas dpasser 22,8 m/min (75 pi/min). Des rafales d'air de 91,5 m/min (300 pi/min) maximum sont acceptables pendant de courtes priodes. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle antipoussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle N'est pas suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ramnagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice. Dans les conditions normales ce dispositif ne ncessite pas d'talonnage. Si un talonnage est ncessaire, appelez Service Clients au 1-800-655-4497 pour dispositions de renvoi lusine. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 9. Effectuer un essai du dtecteur au moyen du dispositif d'essai de dtecteur de fume et de l'accessoire adaptateur/tube, modle 1490, fabriqu par Home Safeguard Inc.
2.
3.
4.
Description: Le dtecteur de fume ionisation intelligent modle SIGA-IS est l'un des composants du srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent dtecte les changements dans la composition de l'air environnant, analyse ces informations et dtermine ainsi si une alarme doit tre dclenche. Le dtecteur contrle constamment toute modification de sensibilit due l'environnement (en raison de poussires, de fumes, de changements de temprature ou d'humidit) et informe le contrleur de boucle de la situation. Une alarme de capteur sale est mise par le dtecteur lorsque l'encrassement du capteur a atteint une certaine limite. Ceci informe l'oprateur du systme de la ncessit d'un nettoyage alors que le dtecteur est encore capable de fonctionner dans les limites UL/ULC. Tmoins DEL: Le SIGA-IS comprend deux tmoins DEL indiquant l'tat du dtecteur: Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins rouge et vertsont allums de faon continue
5.
6.
7.
8.
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de fume dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le SIGA-IS contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du vrouillage tout en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. NOTE: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitivement hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instructions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le systme srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle antipoussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 volts cc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Source d'ionisation: Amricium 241, 1Ci Vitesse de l'air: 0 22.8 m/min (0 75 ft/min). Voyez avertissement 5, cidessous. Seuil de sensibilit la fume ULI/ULC: 0,61% 1,34% obsc/pi (305 mm) Environnement de fonctionnement Temprature: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Humidit: 0% 93% HR, sans condensation Altitude d'installation: 1,828 m (6,000 pi) maximum Compensation/environnement: Automatique Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Distance max. du plafond (montage mural): 305 mm (12 po) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve auximpacts blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz)
7.
8.
P/N: 387013P REV: 8.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-IS - Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description: The Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector (ISI) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device senses changes in air samples from its surroundings, analyzes the information, and then determines if an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity due to the environment (e.g., dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity) and notifies the loop controller of its condition. The ISI issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches a preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector is still able to operate. LEDs: The ISI has two LEDs that indicate the status of the detector. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm / active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone operation: In the event of communications failure with the loop controller, the detector will alarm when smoke levels exceed its preset value. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual for verification of standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The ISI contains a microprocessor capable of performing a comprehensive range of self-diagnostic measurements and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of recorded alarms and troubles are stored in non-volatile memory. These statistics may be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
8)
Under normal conditions, this unit does not require calibration. However, if calibration is required, return to: GS Building Systems Corporation 5 North Main Street Pittsfield, ME 04967-1500 Refer to the technical bulletin for additional information and cleaning instructions.
9)
Test the detector with Smoke Detector T ester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Air velocity range: see Warnings Note 5 Ionization source: Americium 241, 1 Ci Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH, non-condensing Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Environmental compensation: Automatic Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Compatible bases Standard: SB, SB4 Relay: RB, RB4 Isolator: IB, IB4, IBS Audible: AB4 Shipping weight: 7.7 oz. (218 g) Maximum distance from ceiling(for wall-mounted position): 12 in (305 mm) Maximum installation altitude: 6,000 ft. (1,828 m)
1) Push a small screwdriver into the access slot for the tamper-resist mechanism while rotating the detector counterclockwise to remove the detector. Note: The tamper-resist mechanism may be permanently disabled by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. Refer to the appropriate technical bulletin for installation guidelines. Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book. Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Tamper-resist lever arm: break off to disable (located on base)
WARNINGS
1) This detector will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. Ionization detectors have a wide range of fire-sensing capabilities and are best suited for detecting fast, flaming fires. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. It is recommended that the detector be installed away from air supplies and air diffusers. The average air velocity should NOT exceed 75 ft/min (22.8 m/min). Gusts of up to 300 ft/min (91.4 m/min) are allowed for short periods of time. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) MUST remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is NOT a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. INSTALLATION SHEET
2)
3) 4)
5)
SIGA-ISI Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector

SHEET P/N: P-047550-1880 REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 DATE: 28APR99 FILE: P-047550-1880.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: D. Chinell
6)
7)
RELATED DOCUMENTS: T echnical Bulletin (P/N 270145)

TM

SIGA-LED Remote LED Alarm Indicator

1. 2. Refer to Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145) for installation guidelines. Wire the LED to the base as described in the Installation Sheet supplied with the base. Be sure to observe the polarity of the terminals on the terminal block as shown in the diagram below.
Product description
Wiring diagram
Description The Remote LED Alarm Indicator (LED) is a component of the Signature Series. This polarized device provides visual indication when a detector initiates an alarm. A clear lens, light emitting diode pulses on and off in case of an alarm condition. The LED can ONLY be used with the Standard Detector Base, Model SB or SB4. It is NOT compatible with any other bases.
Specifications
LED type: Clear lens, red light emitting diode Luminous intensity: 65 mcd Operation: Pulses on alarm condition Resistance per wire: 10 W max. Operating power Voltage: 3 Vdc Current: 2 mA Operating environment Temperature: 32 - 120 F (0 - 49 C) Humidity: 0 - 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 - 140 F (-20 - 60 C) Compatible detectors: Signature Series detectors Compatible bases: Standard bases: SB, SB4 Duct applications: Duct detector mounting plate, DH Compatible electrical boxes: North American 1-gang box, standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1gang cover Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 3.2 oz (90 g) Comments: Not for use with 24 Vdc circuits.
(To Terminal #5) (To Terminal #4) Compatible Detector Base
Warnings
1. 2. 3. This remote annunciator is NOT intended to be used as an evacuation signal for Life Safety situations. This remote annunciator will NOT operate if the device that it is connected to it is not powered. The LED used in this device has a 180 range of visibility, but the best visibility is achieved in direct viewing applications. This device should NOT be installed in areas of direct sunlight, or where its intensity may be reduced.
Installation Sheet SIGA-LED - Remote LED Alarm Indicator
21AUG01
P/N: 387025P REV: 6.0 1/2

SIGA-LED DEL dalarme distance

Construction et fini: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 90 g (3,2 oz) Commentaires :Ne Pas utiliser avec les circuits de 24 Vcc.
Mode dinstallation
1. 2. Se rfrer la brochure technique (P/N 270145) pour des instructions dinstallation. Cbler le LED la base selon les explications de la fiche dinstallation fournie avec cette dernire. Respecter la polarit des bornes du bornier, comme indiqu dans le diagramme ci-dessous.
Diagramme de cblage
Description La DEL dalarme distance (LED) est un composant du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif polaris fournit une indication visuelle du dclenchement dune alarme par un dtecteur. Une diode lectroluminescente diffuseur transparent clignote en cas d' alarme. Le LED est utilisable avec une base de dtecteur standard UNIQUEMENT, modle SB ou SB4. Il Nest PAS compatible avec les autres bases.
Caractristiques
Type de DEL: Diffuseur transparent, diode lectroluminescente rouge Intensit lumineuse: 65 mcd Fonctionnement: Clignote en cas dalarme Rsistance par fil: 10 W Max. Puissance de fonctionnement Tension: 3 Vdc Courant: 2 mA Enviroment de fonctionnement La temprature: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Humidit: 0 - 93 % HR Gamme de tempratures de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Dtecteurs compatibles: Dtecteurs de la Srie Signature Bases compatibles: Bases standard: SB, SB4 Applications sur conduits: Plaque de montage de dtecteur pour conduits, DH Botes lectriques compatibles: Bote Amrique du Nord simple standard. Bote carre standard de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. P/N: 387025P REV: 6.0 2/2 21AUG01 3. 2.
(Vers la borne n 5) (Vers la borne n 4)
Base de dtecteur compatible
Avertissements
1. Ce tlannonciateur Nest PAS conu pour tre utilis comme signal dvacuation dans des situations de danger mortel. Ce tlannonciateur NE fonctionne PAS si le dispositif auquel il est connect nest pas sous tension. La DEL utilise dans ce dispositif a une visibilit de 180, mais une visibilit optimale nest obtenue que dans des situations de visualisation directe. Ce dispositif NE doit PAS tre expos directement au soleil ni install un emplacement o l intensit de sa lumire naturelle pourrait tre rduite.
Installation Sheet SIGA-LED - Remote LED Alarm Indicator
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The SIGA-MAB Class A/B Input/Output Module, is an addressable Signature Series component, that may be used in any of the following configurations: Class A or B dry contact initiating device circuit (IDC) Class A or B notification appliance circuit (NAC) The personality code determines the function performed by the SIGA-MAB. The Signature controller automatically assigns two addresses and downloads personality codes to the SIGA-MAB during system configuration. A custom address can be assigned to the module via the SIGA-PRO. No addressing switches are used. Note: See Programming, on the next page, for personality code definitions. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of module status. A flashing green LED indicates normal status. A flashing red LED indicates the alarm/active state. The SIGA-MAB plugs into any available module space on a SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard, and captive screws secure it to the board. All wiring connections are made to terminals on the motherboard.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage Range Current Ratings Class B IDC Personality Code(s) Standby Current Activated Current EOL Resistor Class A IDC Personality Code(s) Standby Current Activated Current EOL Resistor Class A or B NAC Personality Code(s) Standby Current Activated Current EOL Resistor Output Ratings 24 VDC 25 V Audio 70 V Audio Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Construction Shipping Weight Mounting UL Compatibility ID 1, 2, 3, or 4 250 A 400 A 47 K 9, 10, 11, or 12 223 A 365 A N/A 15 or 16 223 A 365 A 47 K for Class B No EOL for Class A 15.2 to 19.95 VDC
SIGA-MAB
EDWA RDS AL SYST EMS LC TECH NOLO IRC GY UIT S 387 POW 3 E RL 9 81 5 6 P IMIT 0 ED
JP2 JP1
SIGAO. -MA B
2A 50 W 35 W 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High impact engineering polymer 0.10 lb (0.05 kg) SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard 0.0
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-MAB Class A/B Input/Output Module

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387356P REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 08/17/98
A UNIT OF GENERAL SIGNAL A UNIT OF GENERAL SIGNAL
CAT
4733
8735
FILE NAME: 387356P.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: B. Graham

GSBUILDING BUILDINGSYSTEMS SYSTEMS GS CORPORATION CORPORATION
PROGRAMMING
Personality Code 12: N/O Active - Latching (Class A) Personality code 12 operates the same as personality code 9, but the contact closure causes an active status, which latches at the module, instead of an alarm status. Personality code 12 typically monitors supervisory and tamper switches. Personality Code 15: Signal Output (Class A) Personality code 15 configures the SIGA-MAB for the connection of a Class A NAC output (for example: bells, speakers, and strobes). Personality Code 16: Signal Output (Class B) Personality code 16 configures the SIGA-MAB for the connection of a Class B NAC output (for example: bells, speakers, and strobes). Note: Data entry may define this module as a SIGA-UM. Make sure the personality code for channel 2 remains 00.
Personality Code 1: N/O Alarm Latching (Class B) Personality code 1 configures the SIGA-MAB for Class B normally-open dry contact initiating devices (for example: pull-stations and heat detectors). When the N/O input contact of an initiating device closes, an alarm signal is sent to the Signature controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. This is the default personality code assigned by the factory. Personality Code 2: N/O Alarm Delayed Latching (Class B) Personality code 2 operates like personality code 1, but the contact must remain closed for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm status is generated. Personality code 2 is only used with non-retarded waterflow alarm switches. Personality Code 3: N/O Active Non-latching (Class B) Personality code 3 typically monitors equipment like fans, dampers, and doors. A contact closure causes an active status, which does not latch at the module, instead of an alarm status. Personality Code 4: N/O Active Latching (Class B) Personality code 4 typically monitors supervisory and tamper switches. A contact closure causes an active status, which latches at the module, instead of an alarm status. Personality Code 9: N/O Alarm Latching (Class A) Personality code 9 configures the SIGA-MAB for the connection of Class A normally-open dry contact initiating devices (for example: pull stations and heat detectors). When the N/O input contact of an initiating device closes, an alarm signal is sent to the Signature controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. Personality Code 10: N/O Alarm Delayed Latching (Class A) Personality code 10 operates the same as personality code 9, but the contact must remain closed for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm status is generated. Personality code 10 typically monitors waterflow alarm switches. Personality Code 11: N/O Active - Non-latching (Class A) Personality code 11 operates like personality code 9, but the contact closure causes an active status, which does not latch at the module, instead of an alarm status. Personality code 11 typically monitors equipment like fans, dampers, and doors.
MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS
Warnings
1 Disconnect power to the cabinets before removing or installing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. The SIGA-MAB will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. The personality code for the SIGA-MAB is factory set to 0.
The SIGA-MAB is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit. It contains no user-servicable parts and should not be disassembled. 1 Install the SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard according to its installation sheet. 2 Verify that the Signature Data Circuit (SDC) is properly connected to TB7. 3 Plug the SIGA-MAB into any available position on the motherboard.
Caution!
4 Secure the module to the motherboard with both of its captive screws. 5 Wire the terminal blocks according to the wiring instructions of this installation sheet (following pages). 6 Write the module's address on the label provided and apply the label to the module. 7 Peel off the removable bar-coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. Note: All wiring should conform to NFPA 70-1996, National Electrical Code Article 760, Section 760-54(a)(1), Exception No. 2 and 3. Refer to UIO series motherboard installation sheets for wire routing information.
387356P.CDR Page 2 of 4
Dry Contact Input Wiring (Personality Codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, or 12)
Notes
1 Maximum 25 resistance per wire. Maximum circuit capacitance of 0.1 F. Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm )
2 2
Personality Codes: 1, 2, 3, or 4
UL/ULC Listed 47K EOL 1 2 4
Personality Codes: 9, 10, 11, or 12
Refer to Signature controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350A The SIGA-UIO6R does not come with TB14. The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Maximum alarm current is 17 mA. Operating voltage range is 16.0 to 24.0 Vdc. All wiring is supervised and power-limited.
Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) Remove Module Jumpers Data In Signature Data Circuit
4 3 2 1
4 5 6 7
1 23 4
1 2 4 SIGA-MAB SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
4 3 2 1
JP2 JP1
TB14 No connections required for SIGA-MAB using personality codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, or 12.
4 3 2 1
SIGA-MAB
Data Out 3
CAT NO.
TB7
473387356
No connections required for SIGA-MAB using personality codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, or 12.
TB15 1 23 4 Remove motherboard jumpers.
Single Input Wiring (Personality Code 15 or 16)
Transient Protection Caution
Personality Typical Speaker Circuit Code 15
The SIGA-MAB requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a bi-polar transient protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bi-polar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bi-polar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6ft. (1.83 m) from the module.
Personality Typical Notification Appliance Circuit Code 16

+ + + + + + _ _ _ _ _ _
UL/ULC Listed 47K EOL
Bi-polar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P)
Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) Data In
1 23 4
SIGA-MAB SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
Signature Data Circuit
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
Riser 1 Out Riser 1 In 4 7 8 9
JP2 JP1
TB14
CAT NO.
Data Out 3 Remove Module Jumpers 6
473387356
TB7
SIGA-MAB
4 3 2 1
No connections required for SIGA-MAB using personality codes 15 or 16. SIGA-UIOR series motherboard individual Riser 1 connection. Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser.
TB15
1 23 4 5 7 9 Riser 1 Out
Riser 1 In
Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 For maximum resistance, see the appropriate technical reference manual. Maximum circuit capacitance is 0.1 F. Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm )
2 2
Refer to Signature Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. The SIGA-UIO6R does not come with TB14. The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Supervised and power limited. Supervised and power limited when connected to a power limited source. If the source is non-power limited, power limited marking shall be eliminated. The input for this riser is common to all modules. Use UL/ULC Regulated Power Supply listed for Fire Protective Signaling.
8 9
Product Information
DESCRIPTION The Transponder Mounting Bracket, Model SIGA-MB4, is a component of the Signature Series System. This bracket allows for mounting two 1-gang compatible modules in a European 100 mm Square Box or Standard North American 4" Square Box.
Specifications
Compatible Modules SIGA Series Modules (Table A) Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) Deep 2-Gang Box Standard 4" Square Box 1-1/2" (38 mm) Deep Box European 100 mm Square Box
WARNINGS
Ensure that the self-adhesive bar code label on the module is not lost or damaged when removing the 1-gang module from the 1gang mounting bracket and installing it in the 2-gang mounting bracket. Without the bar code label, you will be unable to address the module.
Installation Instructions
The following items must be retained from the 1-gang module(s) that are to be mounted in the SIGA-MB4: Self-adhesive address labels End-of-line resistors, if supplied Bilingual faceplate labels Peel-off bar code labels Install compatible electrical box. Remove the desired module(s) from the 1-gang bracket and snap into the SIGA-MB4 2-gang mounting bracket. Ensure that the self-adhesive bar code label is NOT lost or damaged. NOTES: Use the faceplate and faceplate screws provided with the SIGA-MB4 instead of those provided with the modules. When mounting two 1-gang modules in the SIGAMB4, the tabs on top and bottom should be straightened flush with the top and bottom of the bracket. This allows the modules to be placed inside the bracket (See Figure). 3) Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Wire and install the module(s) in accordance with the appropriate instruction as listed in Table A. 4) Using the two 6-32 x 7/16" (11 mm) screws, mount the SIGA-MB4 to the electrical box. 5) Use the faceplate and four 4-24 x 5/16" (8 mm) self-tapping screws provided with the SIGA-MB4 and mount the faceplate to the module. 1) 2)
Transponder Mounting Bracket, SIGA-MB4
Table A - Compatible Modules SIGA Series Module SIGA-CT1 SIGA-CR SIGA-CT2 SIGA-MM1 SIGA-WTM Installation Instruction Part No. 387021P 387023P 387037P 387057P 387058P SIGA-MB4 TRANSPONDER MOUNTING BRACKET PART NO.: P-047550-1775 ISSUE: 1

SARASOTA , FL 800-655-4497 Fax. 941-753-1806 CHESHIRE, CT 203-699-3000 Fax. 203-699-3075 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax. 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax. 905-678-9791
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The SIGA-MCC1 Single Input Signal Module is an addressable Signature Series component used to connect a supervised output circuit to the signal riser. The SIGA-MCC1 does not supervise the riser; the fire alarm panel must provide this function. Upon command from the Signature controller, the SIGA-MCC1 connects the output circuit to the riser input, which may be: 24 Vdc to operate polarized audible and visual appliances, 25 Vac or 70 Vac to operate audio evacuation circuits, or telephone audio. The personality code downloaded to the module by the Signature controller during system configuration determines the function performed by the SIGA-MCC1. The SIGA-MCC1 requires one module address, which the Signature controller assigns to it. A custom address can be assigned to the module via the SIGA-PRO. No addressing switches are used. Note: See the programming information, below, for definitions of the personality codes. Diagnostic LEDs provide a visible indication of module status. A flashing green LED indicates normal status. A flashing red LED indicates the alarm/active state. The SIGA-MCC1 plugs into any available module space on a SIGAUIO(R) series motherboard, and captive screws secure it to the motherboard. All module wiring is made to terminals on the motherboard. Standby Current Activated Current Output Ratings 24 Vdc 25 V audio 70 V audio EOL Resistor Value
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage Range 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc 223 100 A 2A 50 W 35 W 47 K 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High impact engineering polymer 0.10 lb (0.05 kg) SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Construction Shipping Weight Mounting
Warning!
?
PROGRAMMING
Disconnect power to the cabinets before removing or installing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life.
Personality Code 5: Riser Selector (Single Input) Personality code 5 configures the SIGA-MCC1 as a signal power (24 Vdc) or audio evacuation (25 or 70 Vac) riser selector, and disables the ring-tone generator. The output is monitored for open or shorted wiring. If a short exists, the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit, so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality Code 6: Riser Selector (Single Input), Ring-tone Personality code 6 configures the SIGA-MCC1 as a telephone riser selector. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the SIGA-MCC1 will generate its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is not needed. The module sends a signal to the control panel to indicate that an off-hook condition is present, and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds, the ring-tone signal is disabled and the telephone is connected to the telephone riser. Note: Data entry may define this module as a SIGA-CC1.
Caution!
SIGA-MCC1
EDWA RDS AL SYST EMS LC TECH NOLO IRC GY UIT S 387 POW 981 352P ER L IMIT 0 ED
SIGAO. -MC C1
The SIGA-MCC1 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-servicable parts and should not be disassembled. 1 Install the SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard according to its installation sheet. 2 Verify that the Signature Data Circuit (SDC) is correctly connected to TB7. 3 Plug the SIGA-MCC1 into any available position in the motherboard. 4 Secure the module to the motherboard with both of its captive screws. 5 Wire the terminal blocks according to the wiring instructions of this installation sheet (next page). 6 Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. 7 Peel off the removable bar coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. Note: All wiring should conform to NFPA70-1996, National Electrical Code Article 760, Section 760-54(a)(1), Exception No. 2 and 3. Refer to UIO series motherboard installation sheets for wire routing information.
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-MCC1 Single Input Signal Module

CAT
4733
8735

WIRING

The SIGA-MCC1 requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a bi-polar transient protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bi-polar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6ft. (1.83 m) from the module.
Personality Typical Telephone Circuit Code 6


+ + + + _ _ + + _ _ UL/ULC Listed 47K EOL
_ _
7 1 23 4
Install the Bi-Polar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P) here. Refer to the Transient Protection Caution above. SIGA-MCC1 SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
4 3 2 1
Data In Signature Data Circuit
3
Riser 1 In Riser 1 Out 4 7 8 9
SIGA-MCC1
4 3 2 1
TB14
TB7 Data Out

CAT NO.
473387352
Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) 5 7 9 Riser 1 In 1 23 4
4 3 2 1
No connections required for SIGA-MCC1. Other modules may require connections.
TB15 SIGA-UIOR series motherboard individual Riser 1 connection. Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser.
Riser 1 Out
Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 For maximum resistance, see the appropriate technical reference manual. Maximum circuit capacitance is 0.1F. Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm ).
2 2
Warnings
1 The SIGA-MCC1 will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. The personality code for the SIGA-MCC1 is factory set to 5. The SIGA-MCC1 does not support conventional smoke detectors.
See the Signature controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. The SIGA-UIO6R and the SIGA-UIO2R do not come with TB14. The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Supervised and power limited. Supervised and power limited when connected to a power limited source. If the source is non-power limited, power limited marking shall be eliminated. The input for this riser is common to all modules. Use UL/ULC Regulated Power Supply listed for Fire Protective Signaling.
2 3
SIGA-MCC1S Auto-Sync Output Module

Product description
to indicate the presence of an off-hook condition, and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds, the ring-tone signal is disabled. Personality Code 25: Auto sync output (default) Personality code 25 configures the module to provide synchronization of compatible fire alarm signals across multiple zones. The output wiring is monitored for open circuits and short circuits. A short circuit causes the fire alarm control panel to inhibit the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality code 25 is only compatible with EST3, ADT3000, and XLS1000 panels. Note: You may use nonsynchronous fire alarm signals with or instead of compatible synchronized fire alarm signals, but the operation of these devices will not comply with UL 1971. The Auto-Sync Output Module is an intelligent, analogaddressable component of the Signature Series. The AutoSync Output Module requires one device address and connects a supervised output circuit to a signal riser. Upon command from the Signature loop controller, the Auto-Sync Output Module connects the output circuit to the riser input. The output circuit energizes a riser to operate: 24 Vdc polarized audible and visual notification appliances (see note 1 below) 25 Vac audible evacuation circuits 70 Vac audible evacuation circuits Telephone audio
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Current Standby: 223 A Activated: 100 A Output ratings 24 Vdc (telephone riser also): 2 A 25 Vac audio: 50 W 70 Vac audio: 35 W EOL resistor value: 47 k Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 F) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 0.22 lb (0.10 kg) Mounting: UIO2R, UIO6, or UIO6R motherboard Synchronization: Meets UL1971 synchronization requirement. All signaling devices signal within 0.01 seconds of each other for a period of at least two hours while maintaining a one hertz signal rate. (For list of compatible devices, see Compatible device table.) Note: For synchronization, the maximum resistance between any two devices is 20 . See the voltage specifications for the Auto-Sync Output Module, the signaling device, and the control panel to determine the maximum allowable wire resistance. Number of devices Strobe candela rating 15, 15PS, 5A 30, 15/75, 7A, 3A 60, 75PS, 6A 75 110, 8A Maximum strobes 29 16 11 10 8
Notes 1. The output circuit uses a resynchronizing feature to operate polarized notification appliances if they are compatible with Genesis series products. See the compatibility section below. The Auto-Sync Output Module does not supervise the 24 Vdc riser; the fire alarm control panel provides this function.
2.
Personality codes
System controller compatibility Signature Series modules require personality codes, downloaded from the Signature loop controller, to determine their operational features. The Auto-Sync Output Module is compatible with the personality codes described below. Personality code 5: Single-input riser selector Personality code 5 configures the module as a signal power (24 Vdc) riser selector. The output wiring is monitored for open circuits and short circuits. A short circuit causes the fire alarm control panel to inhibit the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Personality code 6: Riser selector (single-input) ring-tone Personality code 6 configures the module as a telephone riser selector. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the Auto-Sync Output Module generates its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is unnecessary. The module sends this signal to the control panel Installation Sheet SIGA-MCC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module
30JUN03
P/N: 387355 REV: 3.0 1/4
To install the module: 1. Install the Signature motherboard (UIO2R, UIO6, or UIO6R). See the motherboard installation sheet for more information. Plug the module into any available position on the Signature motherboard. Secure the module to the motherboard with the two captive screws on the module. Wire the module according to the instructions in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label and apply it to the module. Remove the bar-coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book.
LEDs
Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module. Status Normal/Trouble Short/Active LED indicator Green LED flashes Red LED flashes
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

The Auto-Sync Output Module requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a bipolar transient protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bipolar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6 ft (1.83 m) from the module.
Notes The factory ships the Auto-Sync Output Module as an assembled unit; it contains no user-servicable parts and should not be disassembled. Install in accordance with applicable requirements of the latest editions of the NFPA codes and standards, the Canadian Electrical Code (Part 1, Section 32), and the authority having jurisdiction.
Warnings Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off! This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Caution: Observe static sensitive material handling practices.
P/N: 387355 REV: 3.0 2/4
30JUN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module
Wiring diagram
Personality code 5: typical speaker circuit UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL
Personality code 6: typical telephone circuit See the UIO2R or UIO6(R) installation sheet for additional instructions and details about: Terminal connections Separation of power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL
Personality codes 5 and 25: typical notification appliance circuit + + [10] _ _ _ _ _ _ + + + + UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL
1 2 [1][3][8][9] Green LED (normal/trouble) Red LED (active/short) Data in Signature data circuit Data out [4] [2]
4 3 2 1
Signature motherboard (UIO2R, UIO6, or UIO6R) + Auto-Sync Output Module

4 3 2 1
Riser 1 out Riser 1 in [3][5][7]
TB14 TB7
4 3 2 1
No connections required for the Auto-Sync Output Module. Other modules may require connections. Individual riser connection Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser.
TB15 [3][6] 123 4 Riser in Riser out
Notes [1] Supervised [2] Supervised and power-limited [3] Power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, eliminate the power-limited mark and: Maintain a 1/4 in (6.4 mm) space from power-limited wiring or Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with the National Electric Code [4] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [5] The UIO6R does not come with TB14. Modules connect to the riser through individual terminals (TB8 through TB13). [6] The UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. All modules connect to the riser through TB14. [7] The input for this riser is common to all modules [8] Polarity shown in supervisory condition. Polarity changes on alarm. [9] Maximum 25 resistance, 0.1 F capacitance per wire [10] Transient protection (see Transient protection caution above) Installation Sheet SIGA-MCC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module 30JUN03 P/N: 387355 REV: 3.0 3/4
Compatibility
The Auto-Sync Output Module is compatible with Genesis, Enhanced Integrity (synchronized), and Enhanced Integrity Power Saver (synchronized) models. Compatible device table Description Genesis strobes Genesis horn strobes, high output Genesis horn strobes, low output Genesis wall speakers strobe Model number *G1-V15, *G1R-V15, *G1-V30, *G1R-V30, *G1-V60, *G1R-V60, *G1-V75, *G1R-V75, *G1-V110, *G1R-V110 *G1-HOV15, *G1R-HOV15, *G1-HOV30, *G1R-HOV30, *G1-HOV60, *G1R-HOV60, *G1-HOV75, *G1R-HOV75, *G1-HOV110, *G1R-HOV110 *G1-HV15, *G1R-HV15, *G1-HV30, *G1R-HV30, *G1-HV60, *G1R-HV60, *G1-HV75, *G1R-HV75 *G4-S2VM, *G4R-S2VM, *G4-S7VM, *G4R-S7VM Subsitute XLS or ADT for *
Compatible device table Description Integrity mini strobes, synchronized Integrity strobes, four inch square box Model number *202-15PS, *202-15PSW, *202-75PS, *202-75PSW, *202-3A-T, *202-3A-TW, *202-5A-T, *202-5A-TW, *202-7A-T, *202-7A-TW, *202-8A-T, *202-8A-TW 405-15PS, 405-15PSW, *405-3A-T, *405-3A-TW, *405-5A-T, *405-5A-TW, 405-6A-T, 405-6A-TW, 405-75PS, 405-75PSW, *405-7A-T, *405-7A-TW, *405-8A-T, *405-8A-TW, CS405-7A-T, CS405-8A-T *757-3A-CS, *757-3A-CSW, *757-5A-CS, *757-5A-CSW, *757-7A-CS, *757-7A-CSW, *757-8A-CS, *757-8A-CSW 757-7A-T, 757-7A-TW, 757-8A-T, 757-8A-TW *757-3A-SS25, *757-3A-SS25W, *757-3A-SS70, *757-3A-SS70W, *757-5A-SS25, *757-5A-SS25W, *757-5A-SS70, *757-5A-SS70W, *757-7A-SS25, *757-7A-SS25W, *757-7A-SS70, *757-7A-SS70W, *757-8A-SS25, *757-8A-SS25W, *757-8A-SS70, *757-8A-SS70W *757-3A-RS25, *757-3A-RS25W, *757-3A-RS70, *757-3A-RS70W, *757-7A-RS25, *757-7A-RS25W, *757-7A-RS70, *757-7A-RS70W, *757-8A-RS25, *757-8A-RS25W, *757-8A-RS70, *757-8A-RS70W *964-3A-4RR, *964-3A-4RW, *964-3A-8RW, 964-3A-8SW, *964-5A-4RR, *964-5A-4RW, *964-5A-8RW, 964-5A-8SW, *964-7A-4RR, *964-7A-4RW, *964-7A-8RW, 964-7A-8SW, *964-8A-4RR, *964-8A-4RW, *964-8A-8RW, 964-8A-8SW *965-3A-4RR, *965-3A-4RW, *965-3A-8RW, 965-3A-8SW, *965-5A-4RR, *965-5A-4RW, *965-5A-8RW, 965-5A-8SW, *965-7A-4RR, *965-7A-4RW, *965-7A-8RW, 965-7A-8SW, *965-8A-4RR, *965-8A-4RW, *965-8A-8RW, 965-8A-8SW *403-3A-R, *403-5A-R, *403-7A-R, *403-8A-R *757S2-15PS, *757S2-15PSW, *757S7-15PS, *757S7-15PSW, *757S2-75PS, *757S2-75PSW, *757S7-75PS, *757S7-75PSW Subsitute XLS for *
Integrity chime strobes Integrity horn strobes, temporal Integrity speaker strobes
Integrity speaker strobes, re-entrant wall mount Integrity speaker strobes, ceiling mount 25V
Integrity speaker strobes, ceiling mount 70V
Bell strobes adapter plate Power-saver speaker strobes
P/N: 387355 REV: 3.0 4/4
30JUN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCC1S - Auto-Sync Output Module
PRODUCT INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION The SIGA-MCC2 Dual Input Signal Module is an addressable Signature Series component, which connects supervised output circuits to signal risers 1 and 2. The SIGA-MCC2 does not supervise the riser; the fire alarm panel must provide this function. Upon command from the Signature controller, the SIGA-MCC2 connects the output circuit to the riser input, which may be 24 Vdc, to operate polarized audible and visual appliances, or 25/70 Vac, to operate audio evacuation circuits. During system configuration, the Signature controller downloads the personality code, which determines the function performed by the SIGAMCC2, and automatically assigns the two addresses it requires. A custom address can be assigned to the module via the SIGA-PRO. No addressing switches are used. Note: See the programming information, below, for the definitions of the personality codes. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of module status. A flashing green LED indicates normal status. A flashing red LED indicates the alarm/active state. The SIGA-MCC2 plugs into any available module space on a SIGAUIO(R) series motherboard, and captive screws secure it to the board. All wiring connections are made to terminals on the motherboard. Standby Current Activated Current Output Ratings 24 Vdc 25 V Audio 70 V Audio EOL Resistor Value Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Construction Shipping Weight Mounting
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage Range 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc 223 100 A 2A 50 W 35 W 47 K 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High impact engineering polymer 0.10 lb (0.05 kg) SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
Warning!
?
PROGRAMMING
Disconnect power to the cabinets before removing or installing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life.
Personality Code 7: Riser Selector (Dual Input) Personality code 7 configures the SIGA-MCC2 as a one of two output signal power (24 Vdc) or audio evacuation (25 or 70 Vac) riser selector. Each output circuit is monitored for open and shorted wiring. If a short exists, the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Note: Data entry may define this module as a SIGA-CC2.
Caution!
SIGA-MCC2
SYST EMS RDS TECH NOLO GY
SIGAO. -MC C2
8735 4733 3
The SIGA-MCC2 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-servicable parts and should not be disassembled. 1 Install the SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard according to its installation sheet. 2 Verify that the Signature Data Circuit (SDC) is properly connected to TB7. 3 Plug the SIGA-MCC2 into any available position on the motherboard. 4 Secure the module to the motherboard with both of its captive screws. 5 Wire the terminal blocks according to the wiring instructions of this installation sheet (next page). INSTALLATION SHEET: 6 Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. 7 Peel off the removable bar coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Logbook. Note: All wiring should conform to NFPA 70-1996, National Electrical Code Article 760, Section 760-54(a)(1), Exception No. 2 and 3. Refer to UIO series motherboard installation sheets for wire routing information.
CAT
SIGA-MCC2 Dual Input Signal Module

AL LC IRC
UIT S 387 POW 981 353P ER L IMIT 0 ED
EDWA

WIRING

The SIGA-MCC2 requires transient protection for installations that connect electromechanical bells or horns to output circuits. The module's circuitry requires a bi-polar transient protector (P/N 235196P) for protection against transient spikes caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bi-polar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn electrically closest to the module. The bi-polar transient protector is not polarity-sensitive. Locate bells and horns at least 6ft. (1.83 m) from the module.

+ + _ _ + + _ _ + + _ _ UL/ULC Listed 47K EOL
SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard 1 23 4 SIGA-MCC2
6 Data In
3
7
4 3 2 1
Riser 1 Out Riser 1 In
SIGA-MCC2
TB7
CAT NO.
473387353
4 3 2 1
TB14
Data Out
7
4 3 2 1
Riser 2 Out Riser 2 In
Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) 7 9 1 23 4 Riser 1 In
TB15 SIGA-UIOR series motherboard individual Riser 1 connection. Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser. Riser 1 Out
Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 For maximum resistance, see the appropriate technical reference manual. Maximum circuit capacitance is 0.1 F. Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm ).
2 2
See the Signature controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. The SIGA-UIO6R and the SIGA-UIO2R do not come with TB14. 1 The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Supervised and power limited. Supervised and power limited when connected to a power limited source. If the source is non-power limited, power-limited marking shall be eliminated. The input for this riser is common to all modules. Use UL/ULC Regulated Power Supply listed for Fire Protective Signaling. 2 3
Warnings
The SIGA-MCC2 will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. The personality code for the SIGA-MCC2 is factory set to 7. The SIGA-MCC2 does not support conventional smoke detectors.
8 9
SIGA-MCR Control Relay

Product description Programming
Personality Code 8: Dry contact output The SIGA-MCR is assigned personality code 8 at the factory, which configures the module as an output dry contact relay. Note: Data entry may define this module as a SIGA-CR. WARNING: This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
The SIGA-MCR is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. The SIGA-MCR Control Relay is an addressable Signature Series component. A Form C dry contact relay in the SIGAMCR can control equipment shutdown or external appliances such as door closers, fans, and dampers. The system firmware ensures that the relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. The SIGA-MCR relay energizes on command from the Signature controller. The SIGA-MCR requires one device address, which the Signature controller automatically assigns. A custom address can be assigned to the module via the SIGA-PRO. No addressing switches are used. Note: See Programming, below, for the application and definition of personality code 8. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the module status: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes To install the module: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard according to its installation sheet. Verify that the Signature loop is properly connected to TB7. Plug the SIGA-MCR into any available position on the motherboard. Secure the module to the motherboard with both of its captive screws. Wire the terminal blocks according to the wiring diagram shown below. Write the module's address on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable bar-coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook.
The SIGA-MCR plugs into any available module space on a SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard, and captive screws secure it to the board. All wiring connections are made to terminals on the motherboard.
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Refer to the UIO motherboard installation sheets for wire routing information.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 100 A Activated current: 100 A Contact rating (pilot duty) 30 Vdc: 2 A 120 Vac: 0.5 A Relay type: Form C Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Mounting: SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 0.10 lb (0.05 kg) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCR - Control Relay
13NOV03
P/N: 387358P REV: 2.0 1/2
Wiring diagram
Normally open Common Normally closed
[2] [6] [1] [5] Data in [3]

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
1 23 4
SIGA-MCR SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard
TB7 Data out SIGA-MCR

CAT NO.
TB14
473387358
No connections required for SIGA-MCR. Other modules may require connections.
Green LED (normal) Red LED (active) 123 4 [4]
4 3 2 1
TB15
No connections required for SIGA-MCR. Other modules may require connections.
Notes [1] Refer to the Signature Controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [2] Install the SIGA-MCR within the same room as the device it is controlling [3] The SIGA-UIO6R and the SIGA-UIO2R do not come with TB14 [4] The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13 [5] Supervised and power-limited [6] Power-limited when connected to a power-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, power limited marking shall be eliminated. 7. Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; Minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm)
P/N: 387358P REV: 2.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCR - Control Relay
SIGA-MCRR Control Reversing Relay

Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 100 A Activated current: 100 A Contact ratings (pilot duty): 24 Vdc @ 2A Wire gauge: 12 to18 AWG (2.5 to 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 AWG are preferred. Compatible bases: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing Mounting: SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 0.10 lb (0.05 kg) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
The SIGA-MCRR is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. The SIGA-MCRR Control Reversing Relay Module is an addressable Signature Series component used to power and activate the audible sounder in Signature Audible Detector Bases. On command from the Signature controller, the SIGAMCRR relay energizes, reversing the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. The SIGA-MCRR requires one device address, which the Signature controller assigns to it automatically. A custom address can be assigned to the module via the SIGA-PRO. No addressing switches are used. Note: See Programming, below, for the application and definition of Personality Code 8. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of module status: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes To install the module: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard according to its installation sheet. Verify that the Signature loop is properly connected to TB7. Plug the SIGA-MCRR into any available position in the motherboard. Secure the module to the motherboard with both of its captive screws. Wire the terminal blocks according to the wiring diagram shown below. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable bar coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook.
The SIGA-MCRR plugs into any available module space on a SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard, and captive screws secure it to the board. All wiring connections are made to terminals on the motherboard. WARNING: This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Refer to the UIO motherboard installation sheets for wire routing information.
Programming
Personality Code 8: Contact output The SIGA-MCRR is assigned personality code 8 at the factory, which configures the module as an output dry contact relay. Note: Data entry may define this module as a SIGA-CRR.
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCRR - Control Reversing Relay Module
13NOV03
P/N: 387359P REV: 2.0 1/2
Wiring diagram
Schematic Power in Power out First device SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG+ S IG-
+ +
SIGA-AB4G
DATA+ IN/OUT
S IG+ S IG-
Last device
Polarity reverses when activated [4] Data in
[5] UL/ULC listed 24 Vdc power supply
OR [6] 1 23 4 123 4 SIGA-MCRR
[1] [4] Data out

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard No connections required for SIGA-MCRR. Other modules may require connections.
Signature loop
SIGA-MCRR
SIGA-MCRR
TB14 [2]
473387359
TB7
CAT NO.
473387360
Data in
CAT NO.
4 3 2 1
Green LED (normal) Red LED (active) No connections required for SIGA-MCRR. Other modules may require connections.
Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) Optional SIGA-MCRR or SIGA-MCR for disabling/disconnecting an audible base [6]
TB15 123 4 [3] 123 4 [3]
No connections required for SIGA-MCRR. Other modules may require connections.
Notes [1] Refer to the Signature controller installation sheet for wiring specifications [2] The SIGA-UIO6R and the SIGA-UIO2R do not come with TB14 [3] The SIGA-UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13
[4] Supervised and power-limited [5] Power-limited when connected to a power-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, power-limited marking Must be eliminated. [6] Alternate wiring of the 24 Vdc power applies when an optional SIGA-MCRR or MCR is used
P/N: 387359P REV: 2.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-MCRR - Control Reversing Relay Module
SIGA-MD(S) Motion Detector

Product description
Coverage Patterns: Full, right, left, and center Curtains: Up to 7 Range: 34 ft (10.36 m) x 90 Mounting Surface: Flat wall or corner Height: Up to 10 ft (3 m) Address requirement: 2 Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Humidity: 10 to 93% noncondensing Shipping weight SIGA-MD: 7.3 oz (207 g) SIGA-MDS: 9.6 oz (272 g) Construction: High impact polymer Color: White Note: This unit complies with FCC and DOC requirements. SIGA-MD SIGA-MDS
Personality codes
System controller compatibility The Motion Detector requires a Signature loop controller to download the personality codes that determine how it will operate. The first channel is user-definable to eight different personalities. The second channel is automatically configured for motion detection. The user-definable personality codes for external security loops are described below. Personality code 3: N.O. active, nonlatching relay (guard tour) Personality code 3 configures the channel 1 input for use with Class B, normally-open (N.O.) contact guard tour devices. When the N.O. contact of the device is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The active status is nonlatching and clears when the N.O. input is returned to the open condition. The panel will report an open circuit as a trouble condition. Personality code 41: security open with tamper Personality code 41 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.O. contact for security conditions and a Class B, normally-closed (N.C.) contact for tamper conditions. When the N.O. contact is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller; similarly, when the N.C. contact is opened, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 42: security closed with tamper Personality code 42 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact for security conditions and a Class B, N.O. contact for tamper conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened, an active signal is sent to the loop controller; similarly, when the N.O. contact is closed, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 43: basic security (factory default) The factory assigns personality code 43 to the channel 1 input. Personality code 43 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact and/or a Class B, N.O. contact for security conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact of the device is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. 17OCT02 P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 1/8
The Motion Detector module is an intelligent, analogaddressable device that interfaces a motion detector and a security or guard tour input to a Signature loop controller. The SIGA-MDS contains the same circuitry as the SIGA-MD, but its mounting and wiring require different procedures. See the mounting and wiring topics in this installation sheet for complete instructions. The Motion Detector requires two module addresses. One channel monitors the PIR (passive infrared) and the tamper switch in the detector. The second channel provides a security input, which can be configured for security or guard tour applications (per NFPA 72). A single Signature loop can accommodate up to 62 units. The Motion Detector provides seven separate coverage patterns known as curtains. The curtains are actually infrared reflections that extend to 34 ft (10.36 m) and cover a width 4.8 ft (1.46 m) each. The coverage patterns, however, are configurable to specification. See Configuring the reflector and window and Mounting the detector for more detail. A coverage test function provides verification for the extent of coverage within specific zones covered by the infrared curtains. A red LED flashes to indicate active motion within a covered zone.
Specifications
Input voltage: 15.20 to 19.95 Vdc Current draw Standby: 600 A Active: 700 A Input circuit EOL resistor: UL/ULC listed 47 k Max. resistance: 50 (25 per wire) Max. capacitance: 0.1 F Max. voltage: 18 Vdc Max. current: 0.32 mA
Installation Sheet SIGA-MD(S) - Motion Detector
Personality code 44: tamper Personality code 44 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact and/or a Class B, N.O. contact for tamper conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact is closed, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 45: security open Personality code 45 configures the channel 1 input for use with a Class B, N.O. contact. When the N.O. contact is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The panel will report an open circuit as a SecurityFault condition. Personality code 46: security closed Personality code 46 configures the channel 1 input for use with a Class B, N.C. contact. When the N.C. contact is opened, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The panel will report a short circuit as a SecurityFault condition. Personality code 48: security - maintenance Personality code 48 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact or a Class B, N.O. contact for maintenance conditions (e.g. a motion detector with a separate maintenance contact). When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact is closed, a maintenance signal is sent to the loop controller. Note: See the SDU Online Help (P/N 180653) for additional programming instructions.
2.
Insert a small, flat-bladed screwdriver in the slot and push the handle down to lift the cover off of the base (as shown in Figure 3). Remove the circuit board assembly (Figure 4).
Wall mounting [2]
3.
Corner mounting
[1]
[2]
[1] 6 to 10 feet above the floor (1.8 to 3 m) [1] Flat wall mounting holes [2] Corner mounting holes [1] [2] [1] [2]
Figure 1: Mounting locations
Tab Access plate
Access plate
Here are the general steps you'll follow to mount, wire, and test the Motion Detector. The details of each step are given in the remaining topics of this installation sheet. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Disassemble the detector for mounting and wiring. (Remove the access plate, cover, and circuit board.) Mount the base to a flat wall or a corner. (See Figure 1 and Mounting the detector.) Configure the reflector and window as required for the coverage you want. Wire the detector and replace the circuit board. Set the jumpers for the required sensitivity and range. Test the detector. Remove the keeper screw and reassemble the cover and access plate.
Insert flat-bladed screwdriver here.
Cover
Figure 2: Removing the access plate
Installation notes 1. 2. For NFPA 72 guard tour applications, mount the Motion Detector to an outlet box. This product is compatible with the EST3 system. The system must provide a minimum of 4 hours standby for security applications and 24 hours standby for fire alarm applications. Figure 3: Removing the cover
Disassembling the detector

To disassemble the detector: 1. Use the tab to pull the access plate off of the cover (Figure 2).
P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 2/8
17OCT02
4. 5. 6. 7.
Use a small, flat-bladed screwdriver to lift the circuit board out of the base. Be careful not to damage the circuit board or touch the pyroelectric sensor on the back of the circuit board.
Remove the circuit board to expose the swivel screw. (See Figure 4.) Tighten the swivel screw to set the locking clip at the desired angle. Replace the circuit board. (See Figure 9 and Figure 10.) Snap the cover back onto the base. (See Reassembling the detector.)
Mounting the detector
Base (front view)

1-gang mounting box
Pyroelectric sensor
Screw Mounting plate Swivel
Base
Base (bottom view)
Base (side view)
Figure 4: Removing the circuit board assembly Caution: Observe static-sensitive material handling practices.
Cover
Mounting the detector

General guidelines Mount the detector so the expected movement of an intruder will cross the fields of detection. (See Configuring the reflector and window.) Remove any object in front of the detector that may prevent a clear line of sight. Keep metallic objects at least two feet away from the detector. Avoid locations that expose the detector to: Moving or vibrating objects (fans, pulleys, conveyer belts) Water spray or corrosive environments Heat sources in the field of view (heaters, radiators) Windows in the field of view Strong air drafts on the detector (fans, air conditioners) Animals larger than 20 pounds Blinds, curtains, or drapes Electronic fields (electric motors, high-voltage equipment)
Cover Swiveling the detector up and down
Base
Swiveling the detector left and right
Note: Shown in the correct position for maximum range. Any other position may reduce range. Circuit board Pyroelectric sensor (Do not touch!)
Tighten this screw to set the locking clip at the desired angle.
Mounting the SIGA-MDS The SIGA-MDS requires a few additional mounting steps. To mount the SIGA-MDS: 1. 2. 3. Secure the detector to the 1-gang box with two screws (Figure 5). Swivel the detector to the desired angle. Remove the cover from the base. 17OCT02 P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 3/8
Tightening the locking clip
Figure 5: SIGA-MDS mounting illustrations
Configuring the reflector and window

You can remove the infrared reflector to configure the detector for the specifications of your job. To configure the reflector and window: 1. Remove the infrared reflector from the base.
2. 3. 4.
If needed, place the undercrawl window mask in the cover. (See Figure 7.) If needed, apply the plastic masks or curtain block stickers to the infrared reflector. (See Figure 8.) Put the infrared reflector back into the base.
Width: 4.8 ft (1.46 m)
Zone: 4 Coverage: 34 ft (10.36 m) Clearance: None Zone: 2, 6 Coverage: 26 ft (7.92 m) Clearance: 8 ft (2.44 m) Zone: 1, 3, 5, 7 Coverage: 9 ft (2.74 m) Clearance 25 ft (7.62 m)
Width: 4.8 ft (1.46 m) You can modify the detector coverage pattern to fit specific applications. Mask zones to avoid sources of false alarms such as heaters, air conditioners, windows, and pets. Note: Do not apply masks or curtain block stickers to the detector in full coverage applications.
Width: 4.8 ft (1.46 m) 10 ft (3.04 m) max. 8 ft (2.44 m) nom. 6 ft (1.83 m) min. 8 ft (2.44 m) 25 ft (7.62 m) 34 ft (10.36 m)
Mounting heights
Infrared reflector (upside down view)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 34 ft (10.36 m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 7 6 4 3
Figure 6: Full coverage
The cardboard undercrawl window mask allows objects to be placed within 5 ft (1.52 m) of the detector or directly below it. 7 Undercrawl window mask P/N 14367 7.9 ft (2.41 m) 6 2 1
5 ft (1.52 m) Motion Detector cover (lower-rear view)
Figure 7: Undercrawl coverage
P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 4/8
17OCT02
Masking for right-half coverage
Masking for unique zone requirements
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 1 2 3 45 6 7
1 3
2 3 4
5 6
7 6
34 ft (10.36 m)
Zones 3 and 6 receive no coverage. 34 ft (10.36 m)
7 6 5 4
7 6 5 4 3
1 2
Masking for left-half coverage
Masking for center zone coverage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
34 ft (10.36 m)
For corridors and hallways 34 ft (10.36 m)
1 4 Plastic masks 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 4 Adhesive curtain stickers Each zone of coverage requires both numbered (small and large) curtain block stickers. Caution: Do not use sharp objects to remove unwanted stickers from the infrared detector. Carefully peel off the sticker if it becomes necessary to use the blocked curtain (zone).
Use the plastic masks to mask off wide areas of coverage.
2981-2B
Figure 8: Masked coverage patterns
17OCT02
P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 5/8
Wiring the detector

To wire the SIGA-MD(S): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If necessary, remove the circuit board as instructed in Figure 4. Remember to observe electro-static precautions. Remove the wiring knockouts (see Figure 9) on the base for the wiring. Run the wiring through the wiring knockouts. Connect the wiring to the appropriate terminals at TB1. (See Figure 11 for SIGA-MDS wire runs.) If necessary, lower the circuit board into the base and snap it securely into place at the locations marked [S] in Figure 9 and Figure 10.
Base Top view
[8]
Data in (+) Data in (-)
[1][2][3][4] Channel 1 input [5]
[9] Data out (+) Data out (-)
Interface card [S]
TB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 DS2 DS1
[S] Normal LED (green) Active LED (red)
[S] Motion detector card
J1 J2
[S]
Range SENS
Tamper switch (engaged when the top cover is installed and activated when the cover is removed)
Remove these wiring knockouts. Lower the circuit board assembly and and snap it back into place.
Infrared light reflector (7 curtains) Apply curtain block stickers to limit the number of detection curtains.
[S]
TB1 [S]
Figure 10: SIGA-MD wiring

[10]
Red
[S] [S] Snap [S] Run wiring as illustrated here.
Black
See Table 1 for wiring color codes.

White
Figure 9: Running wires through the knockouts Notes for Figure 10 and Figure 11 [1] The Channel 1 input circuit does not require a personality code, but it is configurable to personality codes 3, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, or 48. [2] Class B (Style 4) [3] 25 resistance per wire, max. [4] 16 AWG (1.0 sq mm) max. 22 AWG (0.25 sq mm) min. [5] Listed 47 k EOL resistor 6. 7. All wiring is supervised and power-limited This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors.
Figure 11: SIGA-MDS factory installed wiring Table 1: SIGA-MDS wire color codes Color Field installed Field installed Black Red White Wire path Channel 1 in Channel 1 out Data in (-) Data in/out (+) Data out (-)
[8] From Signature loop controller or previous device [9] To next device [10] Use a wire nut to connect the Data in (+) and Data out (+) lines to the red Data in/out (+) wire inside the junction box. P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 6/8
17OCT02
Setting the jumpers

Jumper
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Settings Determines the detector sensitivity BI: Bicurtain mode (not UL listed) increases false alarm immunity by requiring the intruder to pass through two curtains to trigger an alarm. Do not use BI for single-curtain applications or ranges under 5 ft (1.52 m). STD: Standard mode handles wide-angle or single-curtain applications. The intruder only needs to pass through one curtain to trigger an alarm.
J1 SENS
Strip 1/4 inch (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. Caution: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection
N.O. with tamper
Tamper Alarm
J2 Range
[2]
Determines the detector range. Make sure the jumper is in the 34 ft (10.36 m) position before operation.
Alarm
N.C. with tamper

Tamper
Sensitivity selection Bicurtain Standard
Range selection 34 ft (10.36 m) range N/A
[2]
Basic security
[2]
J1
J2
Figure 13: Jumper settings
Guard tour [3] [2] [1] Channel 1 input
Testing the detector

Conducting a coverage test The coverage test allows for verification of the extent of coverage within a space. The detector remains in the coverage test mode while the cover is removed and for approximately 2 minutes after you replace it. If the detector returns to normal before you make all the adjustments, return to step 2 for additional time. The Motion Detector will stay in alarm for approximately three seconds after each alarm. To conduct a coverage test: 1. 2. 3. Disable the device if you do not want a tamper or active indication at the fire alarm panel. Remove the cover (Figure 3). This activates the tamper switch, which puts the detector in the coverage test mode. Reinstall the cover. Test each curtain for proper operation by walking through each section in the space. The red coverage test LED (Figure 14) flashes on each alarm. Make adjustments to the curtain coverage as necessary. Re-enable the detector at the fire alarm panel if you disabled it before testing.
TB1 5 6 Notes [1] See the previous page for notes that apply to the Channel 1 input. [2] Listed 47 k EOL resistor [3] UL/ULC listed guard tour station
Figure 12: Security circuits WARNINGS Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors. Installation Sheet SIGA-MD(S) - Motion Detector
4.
5. 6.
17OCT02
P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 7/8
Cover
Base
Snap the cover and the base together here.
J1 J2
Coverage test LED
Figure 14: Coverage test LED Maintaining the detector The Motion Detector, if properly installed and used, will provide years of service with minimal maintenance. Conduct a coverage test annually as described here to verify proper operation. Clean the cover with a water-dampened cloth as needed to keep the detector free of dust and dirt. Always test the detector after you clean it.
Join the cover and the base here.
Figure 16: Snapping the cover onto the base
Reassembling the detector

To assemble the detector: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Remove the keeper screw from the base (Figure 15). Join the cover and the base at bottom as shown below (Figure 16). Snap the cover shut at the top of the base. Remove the access plate from the cover (Figure 17). Secure the cover to the base with the keeper screw you removed in step 1. Replace the access plate.
Remove the keeper screw and use it to secure the detector cover.
Keeper screw
Figure 17: Securing the cover to the base
Figure 15: Finding the keeper screw
P/N: 387633 REV: 2.0 8/8
17OCT02
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description The SIGA-MDM is a voice quality audio message record and playback module. One or two 30-second messages can be stored in the module's non-volatile EEPROM memory. Control of the SIGA-MDM is via the Signature Data circuit (SDC), from instructions programmed in the host panel. Manual record and play switches are provided on the front of the module for recording and test purposes. The module features low and line level audio inputs through a front panel jack. The pre-amp level audio output is available on the motherboard terminals. An audio output jack is provided on the front panel for monitoring the audio output using headphones or an external speaker . Multiple SIGA-MDMs can be cascaded to provide multiple message outputs. The output of the MDM is DC supervised with an EOL resistor. The SIGA-MDM mounts on any SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard. Power Requirements Standby Record/Playback Annunciate Messages Quantity Length Audio Bandwidth Distortion Audio Input Microphone Line-Level Audio Output Riser Riser Supervision
SPECIFICATIONS
8 mA @ 18 - 26.4 Vdc, (610 A SDC) 20 mA (420 A SDC) 20 mA (420 A SDC) 2 30 seconds each 400 Hz to 2.8 kHz +3/-6 dB, ref. 1 kHz <2% @ 1 kHz 20 mVrms max. via front panel stereo jack 200 mVrms max. via front panel stereo jack 1 Vrms into 600 (min.) load with wiring impedance of 50 /0.4 F (max.) DC Supervision by upstream MDM, 47 K EOL 1 Vrms 16 3.5 mm stereo jack Active downstream unit has priority Message Select, Input Level Select, Record, and Local Playback Record mode, Play mode, and Excessive input level 2 addresses Emulate SIGA-CC2 Low Address = off/play; High Address = Msg 1/Msg 2 1 Space in SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard 32 to 100 F (0 to 38 C) 0 to 93% RH 0.18 lb (0.08 kg)
Warning!
Front Panel Multi-Unit Cascade Priority Local Control Functions Module LED Indicators Signature Address Requirement Personality Control Mounting
Remote Control Functions Playback and message select via SDC
Caution!
Operational Environment Temperature Humidity Weight
Plug the SIGA-MDM into any available position on the motherboard.
Secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws.
SIGA-MDM
MSG 1 2 NORMAL
1 2 3 4 TB1 TB2
1 2 3 4
SDC
ACTIVE
CLIP MIC. LINE
REC.
MSG
1 2
NORMAL MSG
1 2
NORMAL
MIC./LINE
SDC
ACTIVE MIC.
SDC
ACTIVE
TB7 4 3 2 1
CLIP MIC. LINE
CLIP
HEAD
P1
REC.
LINE
P2
REC.
PHONES
MIC./LINE
MIC./LINE
IN HEAD
PLAY
IN HEAD
PLAY
TB15 4 3 2 1
PHONES
PHONES
TB8
TB9
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
INSTALLATION SHEET:
Notes
1 2 3 These instructions apply to any SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboard. The motherboard shown above is a SIGA-UIO2R. See the applicable installation sheets for detailed wire routing information on the different SIGA-UIO(R) series motherboards.
SIGA-MDM Signature Digital Message Module

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387470 REVISION LEVEL: 1.1 DATE: 08/21/98
EDWARD S
IN
PLAY
AL L RE CIRC FE UITS R TO INST PO FO AL R RA 3874 WER LATI 70 ON TING RE LIMITE V X. INFO AN D X RM D ATIO N
S TEC DIG HNOLOG Y ITA CA L ME T. N SS A O. SIG GE M A-M O DM DULE
SYSTEM
FILE NAME: 387470.CDR APPROVED BY: P. Decker CREATED BY: M. Rimes

WIRING
Single Cascaded Audio Riser
Audio Preamp Riser IN 1 4
TB1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
OUT 4
TB2
UL/ULC Listed 47 k EOL
To Signature Loop Controller (SLC)
MSG
1 2
NORMAL MSG
1 2
NORMAL
SDC
ACTIVE MIC.
SDC
ACTIVE
Notes
1 Do not install on the first/single SIGA-MDM audio preamp riser. Jumpers must be installed on all downstream SIGA-MDM modules. Remove suitcase jumpers. Supervised and power limited. Supervised and power limited if connected to a power limited source. If the source is nonpower limited, power limited marking shall be eliminated. All wiring must be within the same room.
+ _
TB7 4 3 2 1
MIC. LINE
CLIP
CLIP
P1
REC.
LINE
P2
IN
REC.
MIC./LINE
MIC./LINE
IN HEAD
PLAY
PLAY
HEAD
TB15 4 3 2 1
PHONES
PHONES
_ +
24 Vdc To Other Loads 5 3 4
TB8
TB9
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Downstream Jumper
To Other SIGA Devices
+
2 4
_
6
24 Vdc From Power Supply
Separate Audio Risers

Audio Preamp Riser 1 Out IN Audio Preamp Riser 2 Out 1 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
UL/ULC Listed 47 k EOL
TB1
TB2
To Signature Loop Controller (SLC)
4
TB7
MSG
1 2
NORMAL MSG
1 2
NORMAL
SDC
ACTIVE MIC.
SDC
ACTIVE
CLIP MIC. LINE
CLIP
+ _
4 3 2 1
P1
REC.
LINE
P2
IN
REC.
MIC./LINE
MIC./LINE
IN HEAD
PLAY
PLAY
HEAD
TB15 4 3 2 1
PHONES
PHONES
_ +

24 Vdc To Other Loads 5 Strip 1/4" from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal blocks of the motherboard.
TB8
TB9
1/4" (6.4 mm)
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
To Other SIGA Devices
Downstream Jumper 2 4
Caution: Exposing more than 1/4" of wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less than 1/4" of wire may result in a faulty connection.
24 Vdc From Power Supply
387470.CDR Page 2 of 2
SIGA-MIO Input/Output Module

Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Personality codes
System controller compatibility Signature Series modules require personality codes, downloaded from the Signature loop controller, to determine their operational features. The Input/Output Module is compatible with the personality codes described below. The Input/Output Module is an intelligent analog-addressable component of Signature Series. The Input/Output Module requires one module address and provides the following modes of operation: Output with monitor input (personality codes 31 and 32) Input/programmable output (personality codes 33 through 40) Personality code 31 (factory default): N.O. relay output with monitor input Personality code 31 configures the Input/Output Module as a normally-open output relay contact that requires a maintained dry contact input activation. The activation must take place within a time period defined by the user (15 second default, 5 to 120 second selectable) after the output circuit activation. If the fire alarm control panel does not receive a monitor input within the specified time, it will generate a trouble condition. Personality code 32: N.C. relay output with monitor input Personality code 32 operates the same as personality code 31, except that the output is configured as a normally-closed, drycontact relay. Personality code 33: N.O. relay output with alarm latching input (Class B) Personality code 33 configures the Input/Output Module as a normally-open, dry-contact relay and an alarm latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the I/O module sends an alarm signal to the Signature loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 34: N.C. relay output with alarm latching input (Class B) Personality code 34 operates the same as personality code 33, except that the output is configured as a normally-closed, drycontact relay. Personality code 35: N.O. relay output with delayed alarm latching input (Class B) Personality code 35 configures the Input/Output Module as a normally-open, dry-contact relay and an alarm latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. This personality requires that a change in the state of the initiating device be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before the I/O module sends an alarm signal to the Signature loop controller. The alarm 12JUN02 P/N: 387350 REV: 2.0 1/4
Personality codes downloaded to the Input/Output Module during system configuration determine its function. The Signature loop controller automatically assigns an address to the Input/Output Module, but it will accept custom address assignments from a laptop computer.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Current Standby: 250 mA Activated: 430 mA Contact ratings (pilot duty) 24 Vdc: 2 A 120 AC: 0.5 A Relay type: Form A or B Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) EOL (end-of-line) resistor: UL/ULC listed 47 kW Max. circuit resistance: 50 W (25 W per wire) Max. circuit capacitance: 0.1 mF Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Mounting: UIO2R or UIO6R motherboard Shipping weight: 0.22 lb (0.10 kg)
Installation Sheet SIGA-MIO - Input/Output Module
condition is latched at the module, and the output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 35 is only for use with non-retarded, normally-open waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 36: N.C. relay output with delayed alarm latching input (Class B) Personality code 36 operates the same as personality code 35, except that the output is configured as a normally-closed, drycontact relay. Personality code 36 is only for use with nonretarded, normally-closed waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 37: N.O. relay output with active nonlatching input (Class B) Personality code 37 configures the Input/Output Module as a normally-open, dry-contact relay and an active latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the I/O module sends an active signal to the Signature loop controller. The active signal does not latch, and restores when the input device returns to its normal state. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 37 is typically used for monitoring normally-open fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality codes 38: N.C. relay output with active nonlatching input (Class B) Personality code 38 operates the same as personality code 37, except that the output is configured as a normally-closed, drycontact relay. Personality code 38 is typically used for monitoring normally-closed fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 39: N.O. relay output with active latching input (Class B) Personality code 39 configures the Input/Output Module as a normally-open, dry-contact relay and an active latching input for Class B contact initiating devices. When the input contact of the initiating device changes state, the I/O module sends an active signal to the Signature loop controller and the active condition is latched at the module. The output must be programmed to be activated by the panel. Personality code 40: N.C. relay output with active latching input (Class B) Personality code 40 operates the same as personality code 39, except that the output is configured as a normally-closed, drycontact relay.
LEDs
Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module. Status Normal/Trouble Active/Alarm LED indicator Green LED flashes Red LED flashes
Caution: Observe static-sensitive material handling practices. Note: The factory ships the Input/Output Module as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the Input/Output module: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the Signature motherboard (UIO2R or UIO6R). See the motherboard installation sheet for more information. Plug the Input/Output Module into any available position on the Signature motherboard. Secure the module to the motherboard with the two captive screws on the module. Wire the module according to the instructions in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label and apply it to the module. Remove the bar-coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book.
P/N: 387350 REV: 2.0 2/4
12JUN02
Wiring diagram
[5]
[1] [2] [4] Green LED (Normal/Trouble) Red LED (Active/Alarm) [3][4] Data In Signature Data Circuit Data Out
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
TB1 through TB6 123 4 Input/Output Module Signature Series motherboard (UIO2R or UIO6R)
TB7
No connections required for SIGA-MIO. Other modules may require connections.
TB15 Remove motherboard jumpers TB8 through TB13 123 4
[6][7] Dry contact relay
Input/Output Module (personality codes 31 - 40)
Notes [1] Maximum 25 W resistance per wire. Maximum circuit capacitance of 0.1 mF. [2] 10 Vdc @ 350 mA, max [3] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. [4] Supervised and power-limited [5] UL/ULC listed 47 kW EOL [6] System programming determines whether contact will be normally-open (N/O) or normally-closed (N/C)
[7] Power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpower-limited, eliminate the power-limited mark and: Maintain a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) space from power-limited wiring. or Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electric Code.
[8] See the UIO2R or UIO6R installation sheet for additional instructions about the separation of power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring
12JUN02
P/N: 387350 REV: 2.0 3/4
P/N: 387350 REV: 2.0 4/4
12JUN02
SIGA-MM1 Monitor Module

Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 400 A Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 5.1 oz (145 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover Initiating device circuit (IDC) EOL resistor value: 47 K, UL listed Max. circuit resistance (per channel): 50 (25 per wire) Max. circuit capacitance (per channel): 0.1 F
The SIGA-MM1 Dual Input Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-MM1 is an analog addressable device used to connect a Class B normally open monitor type dry contact initiating device circuit (IDC) to a Signature loop controller. One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-MM1 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes Note: The SIGA-MM1 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-MM1 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-MM1 requires the Signature loop controller. Personality code 3: N.O. active non-latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active signal instead of an alarm signal and does NOT latch at the module. Personality code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. 4. 5.
Warnings
1/4 in (~6 mm)
2.
Installation Sheet SIGA-MM1 - Monitor Module
17JAN03
P/N: 387057P REV: 7.0 1/4
Wiring diagram

8 7
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications
P/N: 387057P REV: 7.0 2/4
17JAN03
SIGA-MM1 Module Moniteur

Description de produit Caractristiques
Installation
Le Module Moniteur SIGA-MM1 est un composant du systme srie Signature. Le SIGA-MM1 est un dispositif adressable analogique utilis pour relier un Circuit de dclenchement (IDC, Initiating Device Circuit) contact sec normalement ouvert de classe B de type moniteur, un contrleur de boucle Signature. Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement une adresse au SIGA-MM1 ou une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au module via ordinateur portatif ; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire: Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote 4. Montage Le SIGA-MM1 peut tre mont dans une bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur ou dans une bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGA-MM1 est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 3: non verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme et NE verrouille PAS au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 3 est habi-tuellement utilis pour la surveillance des ventilateurs, des registres, des portes, etc. 2. 5. Note: Le SIGA-MM1 est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Pour installer le module: 1. 2. 3. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 1/2 po. (13 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique.
3.
Dnudage des fils
Avertissements
~6 mm (1/4 po)
2.
17JAN03
P/N: 387057P REV: 7.0 3/4
Schma de cblage
Style B (Classe B) [1] [2] [4]
TB2
8 7
FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC Tmoin DEL vert (Normal)
TB1
(+) SORTIE DES () [3]

DONNES
()
[4] 5. 6.
P/N: 387057P REV: 7.0 4/4
17JAN03
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The MP1 mounting plate allows for the installation of Signature Series modules. Any combination of four (4) CC1, CC2, or UM large modules or eight (8) CT1, CT2 CR, MM1, or WTM small modules can be mounted on the MP1. The MP1 is a flat aluminum plate that mounts in any standard full footprint OPTION module position in standard enclosures. The mounting plate removes the need for gang boxes and provides the ease of mounting needed equipment in a common enclosure.
SPECIFICATIONS
Size: 9.25 in x 6.25 in (L x W) Material: 1/8 in aluminum Weight: .6 lb. (.27kg) Mounting: 1 standard module footprint Module Spaces Available: Large 4 Small 8
WARNINGS
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE INSTALLING OR REMOVING THE MP1
Mounting modules to the MP1 1. The black metal mounting frame that comes standard with all modules MUST be removed. Squeeze the snap-on tabs that extend from the back of the modules and remove the black metal frame. (Refer to Figure 1.) Pop the snap-on tabs on the modules into the openings on the MP1. When the snap-on tabs are completely pushed in, they will lock into place. (Refer to Figure 2.) Mount the MP1 in a standard enclosure. The MP1 requires one standard full footprint and mounts in any OPTION module position using #6 screws. (Refer to Figure 3.) Wire modules per the appropriate installation sheets.
2.
Mounting the MP1 1.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
2.
Figure 1
INSTALLATION SHEET
MODULE
SNAP-ON TABS
SIGA-MP1 Mounting Plate

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387160 REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 FILE NAME: 387160.CDR APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: S. Hawes
BLACK METAL FRAME
DATE: 11FEB00

MECHANICAL INSTALLATION Figure 2, Mounting Module to MP1
MODU LE MP1
Figure 3, Mounting MP1 to Enclosure Backplate
ENCLOSURE BACKPLATE
Standoffs
TB3
10 9 10 9
TB3
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
TB1
TB1
MP1 WITH MODULES

#6 Screws
10 9
TB3
10 9
TB3
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
TB1
TB1
P/N: 387160 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2

La plaque de montage MP1 permet l'installation de modules de la srie Signature. Toute combinaison de quatre (4) modules (large) CC1, CC2, UM ou de huit (8) modules (petit) CT1, CT2, CR, MM1 ou WTM peut tre installs sur la plaque MP1. Le plaque de montage MP1 est en aluminium mince qui se monte dans un espace complet standard pour les modules optionnels dans nos botiers de contrle standard. La plaque de montage limine le besoin d'ajouter des botiers lectriques externes et facilite le montage d'quipement dans nos botiers communs.
Dimensions: 23,495 cm x 15,875 cm (9,25 po x 6,25 po) (L x l) Matriau: Aluminium 3,175 mm (1/8 po) Poids: 0,27 kg (0,6 livre) Montage: 1 encombrement de module standard Espaces de module disponibles: Grand 4 Petit 8
AVERTISSEMENTS
COUPER LA TENSION AVANT DINSTALLER OU DENLEVER LA MP1
MODE DINSTALLATION
Montage des modules sur la MP1 1. Le cadre du montage en mtal noir qui est standard avec tous les modules DOIT tre enlev. Presser sur les onglets encliquetables qui se pro-longent vers lavant depuis larrire des modules et enlever le cadre en mtal noir. (Se rfrer la figure 1.) Passer les onglets encliquetables sur les modules dans les ouvertures sur la MP1. Lorsque les onglets encliquetables sont compltement enfoncs, ils se bloquent leur place. (Se rfrer la figure 2.) Monter la MP1 dans une enceinte standard. La MP1 requiert un encombrement plein standard et se monte dans nimporte quelle position de module OPTIONNEL en utilisant des vis n0 6. (Se rfrer la figure 3.) Cblez les modules selon les fiches dinstallation appropries.
2.
Montage de la MP1 1.
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
2.
Figure 1
MODULE
ONGLETS ENCLIQUETABLES
SIGA-MP1 Plaque de montage

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : 387160 NIVEAU DE RVISION : 2.0 DATE: 11FEB00 NOM DU FICHIER : 387160.CDR APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : S. Hawes
CADRE DE MTAL NOIR

INSTALLATION MCANIQUE Figure 2, Montage dun module sur la MP1
MODU LE MP1
Figure 3, Montage de la MP1 la plaque arrire de l'enceinte

PLAQUE ARRIRE DE L'ENCEINTE
Entretoises
TB3
10 9 10 9
TB3
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
TB1
TB1
MP1 WITH MODULES

#6 Screws
10 9
TB3
10 9
TB3
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
TB1
TB1
P/N: 387160 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The MP2 mounting plate allows for the installation of Signature Series modules. Any combination of two (2) CC1, CC2, or UM large modules or four (4) CT1, CT2 CR, MM1, or WTM small modules can be mounted on the MP2. The MP2 is a flat aluminum plate that mounts in any standard footprint OPTION module position on the inside, left or right side of a standard enclosure. The mounting plate removes the need for gang boxes and provides the ease of mounting needed equipment in a common enclosure.
SPECIFICATIONS
Size: 8.25 in x 2.75 in (L x W) Material: 1/8 in aluminum Weight: .45 lb. (.2kg) Mounting: standard module footprint Module Spaces Available: Large 2 Small 4
WARNINGS
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE INSTALLING OR REMOVING THE MP2
Mounting modules to the MP2 1. The black metal mounting frame that comes standard with all modules MUST be removed. Squeeze the snap-on tabs that extend from the back of the modules and remove the black metal frame. (Refer to Figure 1.) Pop the snap-on tabs on the modules into the openings on the MP2. When the snap-on tabs are completely pushed in, they will lock into place. (Refer to Figure 2.) Mount the MP2 in a standard enclosure. The MP2 requires one standard module footprint. The appropriate positions are located on the inside, left/right side of the enclosure. Snap the MP2 onto the two (2) stand-offs located on the left or right side of the enclosure. Either side is adequate, depending on the enclosure setup. (Refer to Figure 3.) Wire modules per the appropriate installation sheets.
2.
Mounting the MP2 1.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
2.
3.
Figure 1
INSTALLATION SHEET
MODULE
SNAP-ON TABS
SIGA-MP2 Mounting Plate

BLACK METAL FRAME
DATE: 11FEB00

MECHANICAL INSTALLATION Figure 2, Mounting Module to MP2
MP2 MODU LE
Figure 3, Mounting MP2 to Enclosure Standard Footprint Module Space
TYPICAL ENCLOSURE
MP2 Mounting Plate Standoffs
Standard Footprint Module Space Modules
Standard Footprint Module Space
Standoffs
P/N: 387161 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2

La plaque de montage MP2 permet l'installation de modules de la srie Signature. Toute combinaison de deux (2) modules (large) CC1, CC2, UM ou de quatre (4) modules (petit) CT1, CT2, CR, MM1 ou WTM peut tre installs sur la plaque MP2. La plaque de montage MP2 est en aluminium mince qui se monte dans un demi-espace standard pour les modules optionnels, du ct gauche ou droit dans nos botiers de contrle standard. La plaque de montage limine le besoin d'ajouter des botiers lectriques externes et facilite le montage d'quipement dans nos botiers communs.
Dimensions: 20,955 cm x 6,985 cm (8,25 po x 2,75 po) (L x l) Matriau: Aluminium 3,175 mm (1/8 po) Poids: 0,2 kg (0,45 livre) Montage: encombrement de module standard Espaces de module disponibles: Grand 2 Petit 4
AVERTISSEMENTS
COUPER LA TENSION AVANT DINSTALLER OU DENLEVER LA MP2
MODE DINSTALLATION
Montage des modules sur la MP2 1. Le cadre du montage en mtal noir qui est standard avec tous les modules DOIT tre enlev. Presser sur les onglets encliquetables qui se pro-longent vers lavant depuis larrire des modules et enlever le cadre en mtal noir. (Se rfrer la figure 1.) Passer les onglets encliquetables sur les modules dans les ouvertures sur la MP2. Lorsque les onglets encliquetables sont compltement enfoncs, ils se bloquent leur place. (Se rfrer la figure 2.) Monter la MP2 dans une enceinte standard. La MP2 requiert un demi encombrement de module standard et se monte dans nimporte quelle position de module OPTIONNEL. Les positions appropries sont situes lintrieur, du ct gauche/droit de lenceinte. Mettre la MP2 sur les deux (2) entretoises situes lintrieur du ct gauche ou du ct droit de lenceinte. Lun ou lautre convient, le choix dpend de la configuration de lenceinte. (Se rfrer la figure 3.) Cblez les modules selon les fiches dinstallation appropries.
2.
Montage de la MP2 1.
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
2.
3.
Figure 1
MODULE
SIGA-MP2 Plaque de montage

CADRE DE MTAL NOIR

INSTALLATION MCANIQUE Figure 2, Montage dun module sur la MP2
MP2 MODU LE
Figure 3, Montage de la MP2 lenceinte Espace module gal encombrement standard
ENCEINTE TYPIQUE
Plaque de montage MP2 Entretoises
Espace module d1/2 encombrement standard
Modules
Entretoises
P/N: 387161 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The MP2L mounting plate allows for the installation of Signature Series modules. Any combination of three (3) CC1, CC2, or UM large modules or six (6) CT1, CT2 CR, MM1, or WTM small modules can be mounted on the MP2L. The MP2L is a flat aluminum plate that mounts in any standard footprint OPTION module position on the inside, left or right side of a standard enclosure. The mounting plate removes the need for gang boxes and provides the ease of mounting needed equipment in a common enclosure.
SPECIFICATIONS
Size: 11.8 in x 2.75 in (L x W) Material: 1/8 in aluminum Weight: .3 lb. (.14kg) Mounting: standard module footprint Module Spaces Available: Large 3 Small 6
WARNINGS
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE INSTALLING OR REMOVING THE MP2L
Mounting modules to the MP2L 1. The black metal mounting frame that comes standard with all modules MUST be removed. Squeeze the snap-on tabs that extend from the back of the modules and remove the black metal frame. (Refer to Figure 1.) Pop the snap-on tabs on the modules into the openings on the MP2L. When the snap-on tabs are completely pushed in, they will lock into place. (Refer to Figure 2.) Mount the MP2L in a standard enclosure. The MP2L requires one standard module footprint and mounts in any OPTION module position. The appropriate positions are located on the inside, left/right side of the enclosure. Snap the MP2L onto the two (2) stand-offs located on the left or right side of the enclosure. Either side is adequate, depending on the enclosure setup. (Refer to Figure 3.) Wire modules per the appropriate installation sheets.
2.
Mounting the MP2L 1.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
2.
3.
Figure 1
INSTALLATION SHEET
MODULE
SNAP-ON TABS
SIGA-MP2L Mounting Plate

BLACK METAL FRAME
DATE: 11FEB00

MECHANICAL INSTALLATION Figure 2, Mounting Module to MP2L
MP2L MODU LE
Figure 3, Mounting MP2L to Enclosure Standard Footprint Module Space
TYPICAL ENCLOSURE
MP2L Mounting Plate Standoffs
Standard Footprint Module Space Modules
Standard Footprint Module Space
Standoffs
P/N: 387162 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2

La plaque de montage MP2L permet l'installation de modules de la srie Signature. Toute combinaison de trois (3) modules (large) CC1, CC2, UM ou de six (6) modules (petit) CT1, CT2, CR, MM1 ou WTM peut tre installs sur la plaque MP2L. La plaque de montage MP2L est en aluminium mince qui se monte dans un demi-espace standard pour les modules optionnels, du ct gauche ou droit dans nos botiers de contrle standard. La plaque de montage limine le besoin d'ajouter des botiers lectriques externes et facilite le montage d'quipement dans nos botiers communs.
Dimensions: 29,972 cm x 6,985 cm (11,8 po x 2,75 po) (L x l) Matriau: Aluminium 3,175 mm (1/8 po) Poids: 0,14 kg (0,3 livre) Montage: 1/2 encombrement de module standard Espaces de module disponibles: Grand 3 Petit 6
AVERTISSEMENTS
COUPER LA TENSION AVANT DINSTALLER OU DENLEVER LA MP2L
MODE DINSTALLATION
Montage des modules sur la MP2L 1. Le cadre du montage en mtal noir qui est standard avec tous les modules DOIT tre enlev. Presser sur les onglets encliquetables qui se pro-longent vers lavant depuis larrire des modules et enlever le cadre en mtal noir. (Se rfrer la figure 1.) Passer les onglets encliquetables sur les modules dans les ouvertures sur la MP2L. Lorsque les onglets encliquetables sont compltement enfoncs, ils se bloquent leur place. (Se rfrer la figure 2.) Monter la MP2L dans une enceinte standard. La MP2L requiert un demi encombrement de module standard et se monte dans nimporte quelle position de module OPTIONNEL. Les positions appropries sont situes lintrieur, du ct gauche/droit de lenceinte. Mettre la MP2L sur les deux (2) entretoises situes lintrieur du ct gauche ou du ct droit de lenceinte. Lun ou lautre convient, le choix dpend de la configuration de lenceinte. (Se rfrer la figure 3.) Cblez les modules selon les fiches dinstallation appropries.
2.
Montage de la MP2L 1.
SCHMA DU PRODUIT
2.
3.
Figure 1
MODULE
SIGA-MP2L Plaque de montage

CADRE DE MTAL NOIR

INSTALLATION MCANIQUE
Figure 2, Montage dun module sur la MP2L
MP2L MODU LE
Figure 3, Montage de la MP2L lenceinte Espace module gal encombrement standard
ENCEINTE TYPIQUE
Plaque de montage MP2L Entretoises
Modules
Entretoises
P/N: 387162 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2
SIGA-MRM1 Riser Monitor Module

Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Personality codes
The Riser Monitor Module is an intelligent analog-addressable component of Signature Series. The Riser Monitor Module requires one module address and monitors the integrity of: 12 and 24 Vdc circuits 25 Vac circuits 70 Vac circuits Telephone riser signals System controller compatibility Signature Series modules require personality codes, downloaded from the Signature loop controller, to determine their operational features. The Riser Monitor Module is compatible with personality codes 23 and 24, which are described below. Personality code 23: Riser monitor (factory default) Personality code 23 configures the Riser Monitor Module to monitor 70 Vac audio, 25 Vac audio, or 12 Vdc and 24 Vdc risers. A trouble condition is reported back to the panel wherever the voltage on the riser drops below the trouble threshold. Note: The hardware jumper on the Riser Monitor Module must be configured for either 70 Vac or 25 Vac / 24 Vdc / 12 Vdc. Personality code 24: Telephone riser monitor Personality code 24 configures the Riser Monitor Module to monitor telephone risers. A trouble condition is reported back to the panel whenever voltage on the riser drops below the trouble threshold. The delay time from when the device falls below the trouble threshold to when it sends a trouble signal to the panel is user definable in the appropriate data entry program. A delay of 5 to 75 seconds can be assigned to the device; the default delay period is 15 seconds.
Upon the loss of a signal, the fire alarm control panel indicates an alert status. Personality codes downloaded to the Riser Monitor Module during system configuration determine its function. The Signature loop controller automatically assigns an address to the Riser Monitor Module, but it will accept custom address assignments from a laptop computer.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Maximum input voltages Riser monitor: 12 Vdc + 15%, 24 Vdc + 10%, 25 Vac + 15%, 70 Vac + 15% Telephone: 3.75 to 28 Vdc Current Standby: 200 mA Activated: 200 mA Input currents 12 Vdc: 10 mA DC 24 Vdc: 10 mA DC 25 Vac: 10 mA RMS 70 Vac: 10 mA RMS Telephone 24 Vdc: 20 mA DC Riser loading 70 Vac: Impedance > 11 kW 25 Vac: Impedance > 1 kW 24 Vdc: Resistance > 2.4 kW 12 Vdc: Resistance > 1.2 kW Telephone: Resistance > 1.2 kW, Impedance > 1.2 kW Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Mounting: Signature Series motherboard Shipping weight: 0.22 lb (0.10 kg) Installation Sheet SIGA-MRM1 - Riser Monitor Module
Caution: Observe static-sensitive material handling practices. Note: The factory ships the Riser Monitor Module as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the Riser Monitor Module: 1. Install the Signature motherboard (UIO2R, UIO6, or UIO6R). See the motherboard installation sheet for more information. Plug the Riser Monitor Module into any available position on the Signature motherboard. P/N: 387354 REV: 2.0 1/2
2.
12JUN02
3. 4. 5. 6.
Secure the module to the motherboard with the two captive screws on the module. Wire the module according to the instructions in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label and apply it to the module. Remove the bar-coded serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book.
Jumper setup
Jumper Riser 12 Vdc, 24 Vdc, or 25 Vac JP1 JP2 Out In 70 Vac In Out Telephone Out Out
Wiring diagram
12 Vdc, 24 Vdc, 25 Vac, or 70 Vac riser from power supply or audio amplifier (not polarity sensitive) [7] [6] Green LED [3] 1 23 4 [1] [2] Data in Signature data circuit See Jumper setup Data out JP2 JP1
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
+ _ Telephone riser from telephone controller
[1] Riser Monitor Module Signature Series motherboard (UIO2R, UIO6, or UIO6R)
[4] No connections required on the Riser Monitor Module. Other modules may require connections.
TB14 TB7
[5] No connections required
TB15 123 4
Notes [1] Supervised and power-limited. [2] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. [3] Supervised and power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpowerlimited, eliminate the power-limited mark and: Maintain a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) space from power-limited wiring. or Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electric Code.
[4] The UIO6R and the UIO2R do not come with TB14. [5] The UIO6 does not come with TB8 through TB13. [6] Active when communicating with the Signature loop controller. [7] You cannot use the telephone riser while you use the 12 and 24 Vdc, 25 Vac, or 70 Vac riser. [8] See the UIO2R or UIO6(R) installation sheet for additional instructions about the separation of power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring.
P/N: 387354 REV: 2.0 2/2
12JUN02
Installation Sheet SIGA-MRM1 - Riser Monitor Module
SIGA-PHS Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
2. This detector will not sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. Photoelectric detectors have a wide range of sensing capabilities, and are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The heat sensor in this device provides a source of supplemental information to that provided by the photoelectric smoke sensor. The heat sensor by itself does not provide life safety protection. 4. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. 5. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 6. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 7. Under normal conditions this unit does not require calibration. If calibration is required, call Customer Service at 1-800-655-4497 to arrange for return to the factory. See Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for cleaning instructions. 8. Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
Description: The Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector (SIGAPHS) is part of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains a photoelectric smoke sensor and a fixed-temperature heat sensor. The detector analyzes the data from both sensing devices and determines whether an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity and notifies the loop controller of its condition. It issues a dirty-sensor warning when it reaches a preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector still operates within UL/ULC limits. LEDs: The SIGA-PHS has two LEDs that show its status. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously
Electronic Addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-Alone Operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed a preset value. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capability. Self-Diagnostics: The SIGA-PHS contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in nonvolatile memory. These can be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Air velocity: 0 to 5,000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s) ULI/ULC smoke sensitivity range: 0.67 to 3.77% obsc/ft (305 mm) ULI fixed-temp. alarm rating: 135 F (57 C) ULC fixed-temp. alarm rating: 140 F (60 C) Actual alarm point: 130 to 140 F (54 to 60 C) Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Environmental compensation: Automatic Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum distance from ceiling (wall mounted): 12 in (305 mm) Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Installation Sheet SIGA-PHS - Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387015P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-PHS Dtecteur 3D multicapteurs intelligent

1. Ce dispositif ne fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la fume ne peut pas l'atteindre. La fume dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Les dtecteurs photolectriques peuvent dtecter de nombreux types de feux et offrent une excellente dtection des feux couvants dveloppement lent. Le capteur thermique de ce dispositif est prvu pour fournir des renseignements supplmentaires ceux du cap-teur de fume. Le capteur thermique tout seul nassure pas la pro-tection de vies humaines. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi con-formment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle anti-poussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle n'est pas suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ram-nagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice. Dans les conditions normales ce dispositif ne ncessite pas d'talonnage. Si un talonnage est ncessaire, appelez Service Clients au 1-800-655-4497 pour dispositions de renvoi lusine. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 8. Effectuer un essai du dtecteur au moyen du dispositif d'essai de dtecteur de fume et de l'accessoire adaptateur/tube, modle 1490, fabriqu par Home Safeguard Inc.
2.
3.
4. Description: Le dtecteur de fume 3D multicapteurs intelligent (SIGA-PHS) est lun des composants du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent comprend la fois un capteur photolectrique de fume et un capteur thermique temprature fixe pour la dtection des incendies. Le capteur de fume photolectrique utilise une chambre de dtection captage optique. Le capteur thermique temprature fixe contrle la temprature de lair environnant. Le dtecteur analyse les donnes des deux capteurs et dtermine ainsi si une alarme doit tre dclenche. Le dtecteur contrle constamment toute modification de sensibilit due l'environnement (en raison de poussires, de fumes, de changements de temprature ou d'humidit) et informe le contrleur de boucle de la situation. Une alarme de capteur sale est mise par le dtecteur lorsque l'encrassement du capteur a atteint une certaine limite. Ceci informe l'oprateur de la ncessit d'un nettoyage alors que le dtecteur est encore capable de fonctionner dans les limites UL/ULC. Tmoins DEL: Le SIGA-PHS comprend deux tmoins DEL:
5.
6.
7.
Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote

Alarme/actif: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins allums de faon continue
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de fume dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le SIGA-PHS contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du mcanisme de vrouillage tout en tour-nant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. Note: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitive-ment hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la brochure technique pour les instruc-tions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le Srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle anti-poussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Vitesses de l air: 0 25,39 m/sec (0 5.000 pi/min) Seuil de sensibilit la fume ULI/ULC: 0,67 3,77% obsc/pi (305 mm) Seuil de temprature fixe ULI: 57 C (135 F) Seuil de temprature fixe ULC: 60 C (140 F) Point d alarme rel: 54 60 C (130 140 F) Environnement de fonctionnement Temprature: 0 38 C (32 100 F) Humidit: 0% 93% HR, sans condensation Compensation/environnement: Automatique Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Distance max. du plafond (montage mural): 305 mm (12 po) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz) Temprature de stockage: -20 60 C (-4 140 F)
7.
8.
P/N: 387015P REV: 8.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-PHS - Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description: The Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector (PHSI) is part of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device contains a photoelectric smoke sensor and a fixed-temperature heat sensor. The detector analyzes the data from both sensing devices and determines whether an alarm should be initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity and notifies the loop controller of its condition. It issues a dirty-sensor warning when it reaches a preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector still operates. LEDs: The PHSI has two LEDs that show its status. Normal: Green LED flashes Alarm/active: Red LED flashes Standalone alarm: Green and red LEDs glow continuously Electronic Addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Stand-Alone Operation: If isolated from the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed a preset value. See the applicable control panel manual to verify standalone capability. Self-Diagnostics: The PHSI contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in non-volatile memory. These can be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
temperature before applying power. 7) Under normal conditions, this unit does not require calibration. However, if calibration is required, return to: GS Building Systems Corporation North Main Street Pittsfield, ME 04967-1500 See the Technical Bulletin for cleaning instructions. 8) Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 - 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Actual alarm point: 130 to 140 F (54 to 60 C) Air velocity range: 0 to 5000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s) Operating temperature range: 32 to 100 F (0 to 38 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93 % RH, non-condensing Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Environmental compensation: Automatic Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Compatible bases Standard: SB, SB4 Relay: RB, RB4 Isolator: IB, IB4, IBS Audible: AB4 Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Maximum distance from ceiling (wall mounted): 12 in (305 mm)
1) Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot while rotating the detector counterclockwise to remove the detector. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2) See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3) Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. 4) Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book. 5) Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6) Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
WARNINGS
1) This detector will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2) This detector will NOT sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3) Photoelectric detectors have a wide range of sensing capabilities, and are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The heat sensor in this device provides a source of supplemental information to that provided by the photoelectric smoke sensor. The heat sensor by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. 4) Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. 5) The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) MUST remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is NOT a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 6) To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-PHSI Intelligent 3D Multisensor Smoke Detector

SHEET P/N: P-047550-1899 REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 28APR99 RELATED DOCUMENTS Technical Bulletin (P/N 270145) FILE: P-047550-1899.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: D. Chinell

TM
SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector

1. This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
2. This detector will not sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3. Photoelectric detectors have a wide range of sensing capabilities, but are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. 4. Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. Refer to NFPA 72 and ULC Standard CAN 536. 5. To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 6. The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) must remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is not a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling. 7. Under normal conditions this unit does not require calibration. If calibration is required, call Customer Service at 1-800-655-4497 to arrange for return to the factory. Refer to Technical Bulletin P/N 270145 for additional information and cleaning instructions. 8. Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
Description: The Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector (SIGA-PS) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device uses an optical sensing chamber to detect smoke. The detector analyzes the sensor data to determine when an alarm is initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity due to the environment (e.g. dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity) and notifies the loop controller of its condition. The SIGA-PS issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches its preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector is still operating within UL/ULC limits. LEDs: The SIGA-PS provides two LEDs that show its status: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes Standalone alarm: both LEDs glow continuously
Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone operation: If unable to communicate with the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed its preset value. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual for verification of standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The SIGA-PS contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in non-volatile memory. These can be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
Specifications
Operating voltage: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Air velocity: 0 to 5,000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s) ULI/ULC smoke sensitivity range: 0.67 to 3.77% obsc/ft (305 mm) Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Environmental compensation: Automatic Compatible bases Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relay: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolator: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Audible: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Maximum distance from ceiling wall-mounted: 12 in (305 mm) Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C)
Installation Sheet SIGA-PS - Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector
13NOV03
P/N: 387014P REV: 8.0 1/2
SIGA-PS Dtecteur photolectrique de fume intelligent

1. Ce dispositif ne fonctionne pas en l'absence de courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous conseillons aux utilisateurs de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre les incendies pour la mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Ce dtecteur ne peut pas dtecter les incendies se dclarant dans un endroit o la fume ne peut pas l'atteindre. La fume dgage par un feu l'intrieur d'un mur, d'un toit ou de l'autre ct de portes fermes peut ne pas atteindre le dtecteur. Les dtecteurs photolectriques peuvent dtecter de nombreux types de feux et offrent une excellente dtection des feux couvants dveloppement lent. Un entretien (rgulier ou particulier) est ncessaire pour assurer le bon fonctionnement du systme. Cet entretien doit tre planifi conformment aux exigences des autorits comptentes. Se rfrer aux normes NFPA 72 et CAN/ULC 536. Ce dtecteur est livr avec un couvercle anti-poussire orange vif qui doit tre laiss en place lors de l'installation puis retir avant la mise en service du dtecteur. Ce couvercle N'est pas suffisant pour protger le dtecteur lors de travaux de construction ou de ramnagement. Pour assurer un bon fonctionnement, stocker le dtecteur de sorte qu'il soit dans les intervalles recommands. Avant de le mettre sous tension, laisser le dtecteur se stabiliser la temprature de la pice. Dans les conditions normales ce dispositif ne ncessite pas d'talonnage. Si un talonnage est ncessaire, appelez Service Clients au 1-800-655-4497 pour dispositions de renvoi lusine. Pour des renseignements supplmentaires et les instructions de nettoyage, se rfrer au Bulletin Technique P/N 270145. 8. Effectuer un essai du dtecteur au moyen du dispositif d'essai de dtecteur de fume et de l'accessoire adaptateur/tube, modle 1490, fabriqu par Home Safeguard Inc.
2.
3.
4.
Description: Le dtecteur photolectrique de fume (SIGA-PS) est lun des composants du Srie Signature. Ce dispositif analogique intelligent utilise une chambre de dtection optique pour dtecter la prsence de fume. Le capteur recueille des donnes sur son environnement, puis le dtecteur analyse ces informations et dtermine ainsi si une alarme doit tre dclenche. Le dtecteur contrle constamment toute modification de sensibilit due l'environnement (en raison de poussires, de fumes, de changements de temprature ou d'humidit) et informe le contrleur de boucle de la situation. Une alarme de capteur sale est mise par le dtecteur lorsque l'encrassement du capteur a atteint une certaine limite. Ceci informe l'oprateur du systme de la ncessit d'un nettoyage alors que le dtecteur est encore capable de fonctionner dans les limites UL/ULC. Tmoins DEL: Le SIGA-PS comprend deux tmoins DEL indiquant l'tat. Normal: Le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: Le tmoin DEL rouge clignote Alarme autonome: Les deux tmoins sont allums de faon continue
5.
6.
7.
Adressage lectronique: Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement des adresses aux dtecteurs ou des adresses spciales peuvent tre assignes aux dtecteurs via un ordinateur portatif. Aucun commutateur d'adressage n'est utilis. Fonctionnement autonome: En cas de panne de communication avec le contrleur de boucle, le dtecteur dclenche une alarme lorsque le niveau de fume dpasse un seuil pr-tabli. Se rfrer au manuel pertinent du panneau de contrle d'alarme d'incendie afin de vrifier les possibilits du fonctionnement autonome. Auto-diagnostics: Le SIGA-PS contient un microprocesseur capable d'effectuer une gamme complte de mesures d'auto-diagnostic et de mmoriser les rsultats. Des informations telles que le nombre d'heures de fonctionnement, la dernire date d'entretien, les valeurs de sensibilit et le nombre des alarmes et des problmes enregistrs sont stocks dans une mmoire permanente. Ces statistiques peuvent tre rappeles et lues tout moment.
Modes dinstallation
1. Pour retirer le dtecteur de sa base, pousser un petit tournevis dans la fente d'accs du mcanisme de vrouillage tout en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre. Note: Le mcanisme de verrouillage peut tre mis dfinitivement hors service en cassant et en enlevant le levier en plastique de la base. Se rfrer la Brochure Technique pour les instructions d'installation. Installer et cbler la base comme expliqu dans la fiche d'installation qui l'accompagne. Dcoller du dtecteur l'tiquette de numro de srie dtachable et la recoller l'endroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Relier le dtecteur la base en tournant le dtecteur dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre jusqu' ce qu'il s'enclenche en place. Le code NFPA requiert q'un essai de sensibilit calibr soit effectu en fin d'installation et aprs chaque modification du systme ou ajout. Le systme Srie Signature est capable d'effectuer cet essai et de gnrer un rapport de sensibilit. L'installation de dispositifs de protection contre l'incendie au Canada doit tre conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN/ULC-S524-M91 Sur L'installation des Alarmes Incendie, et celles des autorits comptentes locales. Avant essai initial, retirer le couvercle anti-poussires du dtecteur et notifier les autorits pertinentes que des travaux d'entretien du systme d'alarme d'incendie sont en cours et que ce dernier est temporairement hors service.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tension de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 45 A Courant d'alarme: 45 A Courant d'alarme (fonctionnement en mode autonome): 18 mA Vitesses de lair: 0 25,39 m/s (0 5.000 pi/min) Seuil de sensibilit la fume ULI/ULC: 0,67 3,77% obsc/pi (305 mm) Environnement de fonctionnement Temprature: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Humidit: 0% 93% HR, sans condensation Compensation/environnement: Automatique Bases compatibles Standard: SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Relais: SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Isolateurs: SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Sonore: SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Distance max. du plafond (montage mural): 305 mm (12 po) Construction: Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Poids la livraison: 218 g (7,7 oz) ttemprature de stockage: 20 60 C (-4 140 F)
7.
8.
P/N: 387014P REV: 8.0 2/2
13NOV03
Installation Sheet SIGA-PS - Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Description: The Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector (PSI) is a component of the Signature Series. This intelligent analog device uses an optical sensing chamber to detect smoke. The detector analyzes the sensor data to determine when an alarm is initiated. The detector continuously monitors changes in sensitivity due to the environment (e.g. dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity) and notifies the loop controller of its condition. The PSI issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches its preset limit. This notifies the operator of the need for service while the detector is still operating. LEDs: The PSI provides two LEDs that show its status. Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes Standalone alarm: both LEDs glow continuously Electronic addressing: The loop controller automatically assigns addresses to the detectors. Custom addresses can be assigned to the detectors via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Standalone operation: If unable to communicate with the loop controller, the detector alarms when smoke levels exceed its preset value. Refer to the applicable fire alarm control panel manual for verification of standalone capabilities. Self-diagnostics: The PSI contains a microprocessor capable of performing comprehensive self-diagnostics and storing the results. Details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, sensitivity values, and number of alarms and troubles are stored in non-volatile memory. These can be retrieved and reviewed as desired.
7) Under normal conditions, this unit does not require calibration. However, if calibration is required, return to: GS Building Systems Corporation 5 North Main Street Pittsfield, ME 04967-1500 Refer to the Technical Bulletin for additional information and cleaning instructions. 8) Test the detector with Smoke Detector Tester and Model 1490 Adapter/Tube Accessory, manufactured by Home Safeguard, Inc.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Normal operating current: 45 A Alarm current: 45 A Standalone alarm current: 18 mA Air velocity range: 0 to 5000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s) Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93 % RH, non-condensing Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Environmental compensation: Automatic Construction and finish: High impact engineering polymer, white Compatible bases Standard: SB, SB4 Relay: RB, RB4 Isolator: IB, IB4, IBS Audible: AB4 Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Maximum distance from ceiling wall-mounted: 12 in. (305 mm)
1) Push a small screwdriver into the tamper-resist access slot while rotating the detector counterclockwise to remove the detector. Note: You can permanently disable the tamper-resist mechanism by breaking and removing the plastic lever arm from the base. 2) See the Technical Bulletin for installation guidelines. 3) Install and wire the base as described in the installation sheet supplied with the base. 4) Peel off the removable serial number label from the detector and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number log book. 5) Connect the detector to the base by rotating the detector clockwise until it snaps into the locked position. 6) Before initial testing, remove the dust cover from the detector and notify the proper authorities that the fire alarm system is undergoing maintenance and will be temporarily out of service.
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
WARNINGS
1) This detector will NOT operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. 2) This detector will NOT sense fires in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector. 3) Photoelectric detectors have a wide range of sensing capabilities, but are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. 4) Maintenance (regular or selected) should be planned in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper operation. 5) To ensure proper operation, store the detector within the recommended ranges. Allow the detector to stabilize to room temperature before applying power. 6) The bright orange-colored dust cover (supplied) MUST remain on the detector during installation, and then be removed prior to operation. The dust cover is NOT a substitute for removing the detector during new construction or heavy remodeling.
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-PSI Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector

SHEET P/N: P-047550-1900 REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 04JUN99 FILE: P-047550-1900.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: D. Chinell
RELATED DOCUMENTS: T echnical Bulletin (P/N 270145)

TM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB
Normally- NormallyOpen Closed
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish Compatible Detectors Shipping Weight SIGA-RB 3.2 oz (91 g) 12 in (305 mm) 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors
Common
Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting)
DATA IN (-)
DATA OUT (-)
Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box NOTES: 1) These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.

Term Description Normally-Open 1 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Common 4 DATA IN (-) 5 Not Used 6 Normally-Closed 7 DATA OUT (-)
CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp @ 30 VDC (Pilot Duty)
DATA OUT (+) To Next Device
2) 3)
SIGA-RB
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-RB Detector Base

93016 01976


Relay Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
1.1 in (27 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)

0.8 in (20 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
3-1/2 in or 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) 2.0 in (51 mm)
0.8 in (20 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)

P/N: P-047550-1886 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 4
4.4 in (112 mm)
1.5 in (38 mm)
1.75 in (45 mm)
Base de dtecteur relais SIGA-RB
Normalement ferm Normalement ouvert
Masse
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison SIGA-RB

5
Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural)

7
Borne Description 1 Normalement ouvert 2 Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) 3 Masse 4 Entre des donnes (-) 5 Inutilise 6 Normalement ferme 7 Sortie des donnes (-)
AMPRAGE DES CONTACTS 1.0 Amp @ 30 V CC (fonction de commande)
Sortie des donnes (-) Sortie des donnes (+) Vers le dispositif suivant
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA NOTES: 1) 2) 3) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm 2 , 1,5 mm2 , 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm2 (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
SIGA-RB
Bases De Dtecteur SIGA-RB

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF.: P-047550-1886 NIVEAU DE RVISION: 1.0 DATE: 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER: P-047550-1886.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: C. Hanrahan

P/N: P-047550-1886 REV: 1.0 Page 3 of 4

_
3
1
5
7
+
S
+
S
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
27 mm (1,1 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

112 mm (4,4 po)

38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

P/N: P-047550-1886 REV: 1.0 Page 4 of 4
112 mm (4,4 po)
45 mm (1,75 po)
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB4
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish Compatible Detectors Shipping Weight SIGA-RB4 3.2 oz (91 g) 12 in (305 mm) 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS) Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting) Related Parts +32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors
Common
Normally- NormallyOpen Closed
Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (using outer mounting brackets on base) NOTES: 1) These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.
3
1
DATA IN (-)
Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Description Normally-Open DATA IN/OUT (+) Common DATA IN (-) Not Used Normally-Closed DATA OUT (-)
CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp @ 30 VDC (Pilot Duty)
DATA OUT (-)
2) 3)
SIGA-RB4
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-RB4 Detector Base

93016 01979


Relay Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Surface Mount) 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
SIGA-TS
4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Flush Mount)

NOTES: 1)
A 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS) must be installed to give a "finished" appearance to the 4 in base. Refer to Installation Sheet P/N 387056P for additional information.
1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm)
2)
2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)

P/N: P-047550-1888 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 4
Base de dtecteur relais, SIGA-RB4
Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement Gamme de tempratures de stockage Construction et fini 0 49 C (32 120 F) 0 93 % HR -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 91 g (3,2 oz) 305 mm (12 po) Jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) rf. P-025031-0039
Normale- Normalement ment
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison SIGA-RB4 Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural) Pices apparentes
7
Entre des
2
Entre des Du contrleur de boucle Signature
Sortie des
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur (utilisation de supports de montage extrieurs sur la base) NOTES:
Borne Description 1 Normalement ouvert 2 Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) 3 Masse 4 Entre des donnes (-) 5 Inutilise 6 Normalement ferme 7 Sortie des
AMPRAGE DES CONTACTS 1.0 Amp 30 V CC (fonction de commande)
1) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm2, 1,5 mm2, 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm2 (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. 2) crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. 3) Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
SIGA-RB4
Base de dtecteur SIGA-RB4

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : P-047550-1888 NIVEAU DE RVISION : 1.0 DATE : 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER : P-047550-1888.CDR APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : C. Hanrahan

P/N: P-047550-1888 REV: 1.0 Page 3 of 4

Base de dtecteur standard Base de dtecteur relais Base de dtecteur isolateur
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)
SIGA-TS

NOTES:
1)
38 mm (1,5 po)
2)
Une jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) (Rf. SIGA-TS) doit tre installe pour donner un aspect final soign la base de 10,16 mm. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation rf. 387056P pour des renseignements supplmentaires.
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4)
P/N: P-047550-1888 REV: 1.0 Page 4 of 4
SIGA-RM1 Riser Monitor Module

Product description
The delay time from when the device falls below the trouble threshold to when it sends a trouble signal to the panel is user definable in the appropriate data entry program. A delay of 5 to 75 seconds can be assigned to the device; the default delay period is 15 seconds.
Warnings
1. Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Dangerous voltages may be present at the terminals even when power is shut off. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
3. The SIGA-RM1 Riser Monitor Module is an intelligent analogaddressable component of Signature Series. The SIGA-RM1 requires one module address and monitors the integrity of: 12 and 24 Vdc circuits 25 Vac circuits 70 Vac circuits Telephone riser signals
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Maximum input voltages Riser monitor: 12 Vdc + 15%, 24 Vdc + 10%, 25 Vac + 15%, 70 Vac + 15% Telephone: 3.75 to 28 Vdc Standby current: 200 A Activated current: 200 A Input currents 12 Vdc: 10 mA DC 24 Vdc: 10 mA DC 25 Vac: 10 mA RMS 70 Vac: 10 mA RMS Telephone 24 Vdc: 20 mA DC Riser loading 70 Vac: Impedance > 11 k 25 Vac: Impedance > 1 k 24 Vdc: Resistance > 2.4 k 12 Vdc: Resistance > 1.2 k Telephone: Resistance > 1.2 k, Impedance > 1.2 k Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Operating humidity: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact engineering polymer Shipping weight: 0.48 lb (0.21 kg) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2.5-inch (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4-inch (101.6 mm) x 1.5-inch (38 mm) deep square box with 2-gang cover
Upon the loss of a signal, the fire alarm control panel indicates an alert status. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-RM1 automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Mounting The SIGA-RM1 can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-RM1 requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-RM1. Personality code 23: Riser monitor (factory default): Personality code 23 configures the SIGA-RM1 to monitor 70 Vac audio, 25 Vac audio, or 12 Vdc and 24 Vdc risers. A trouble condition is reported back to the panel wherever the voltage on the riser drops below the trouble threshold. Note: The hardware jumper on the SIGA-RM1 must be configured for either 70 Vac or 25 Vac / 24 Vdc / 12 Vdc. Personality code 24: Telephone riser monitor: Personality code 24 configures the SIGA-RM1 to monitor telephone risers. A trouble condition is reported back to the panel whenever voltage on the riser drops below the trouble threshold.
Installation Sheet SIGA-RM1 - Riser Monitor Module
17JAN03
P/N: 387347 REV: 3.0 1/3
Note: The SIGA-RM1 is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
4. 5.
Note: Wire in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
P/N: 387347 REV: 3.0 2/3
17JAN03
Wiring diagram
Jumper settings 12 Vdc, 24 Vdc, or 25 Vac
JP1
70 Vac Note: Leave the jumper out for telephone riser operation.
Green LED [5] 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
[2] [4] 12 Vdc, 24 Vdc, 25 Vac, or 70 Vac riser from power supply or audio amplifier (not polarity sensitive) [1] [2] Telephone riser (+) Telephone riser (-) [6]
[3] Data out (-) Data out (+) Data in (-) Data in (+)
To Signature device
From Signature loop controller or previous device
Notes [1] Supervised and power-limited [2] 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) max; 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) min [3] See the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications
[4] Supervised and power-limited unless connected to a nonpower-limited source. If the source is nonpowerlimited, eliminate the power-limited mark and: Maintain a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) space from powerlimited wiring or Use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent cable in accordance with NFPA 70 National Electric Code
[5] Active when communicating with the Signature loop controller [6] You cannot use the telephone riser while you use the 12 and 24 Vdc, 25 Vac, or 70 Vac riser
17JAN03
P/N: 387347 REV: 3.0 3/3
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB
Remote LED (SIGA-LED)
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish 32 to 120F (0 to 49C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors 2.9 oz (82 g) 12 in (305 mm)
+
5
6
Maximum Resistance per Wire Must NOT Exceed 10
Compatible Detectors Shipping Weight SIGA-SB Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting)
Compatible Electrical Boxes North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box NOTES:
DATA IN (-)
DATA OUT (-)
1) 2)
The SIGA-SB provides wiring terminals for connection to Remote LED, Model SIGA-LED. These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, and 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.
Term
1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7
Description Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) Not Used DATA IN (-) Remote LED Remote LED Not Used DATA OUT (-)
3) 4)
SIGA-SB
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-SB Detector Base

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387019P DATE: 01/18/99 REVISION LEVEL: 8.0 APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: C. Hanrahan FILE NAME: 387019P.CDR
93016 01977


Refer to compatible panel installation sheet for terminal assignments.
Relay Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
1.1" (27 mm) 0.8" (20 mm)

0.8" (20 mm)
2.0" (51 mm)
2.0" (51 mm)
4.4" (112 mm)
4.4" (112 mm)
3-1/2" or 4" by 1-1/2" (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box
1.5" (38 mm) 0.8" (20 mm)
1.75" (45 mm) 0.8" (20 mm)
2.0" (51 mm)
2.0" (51 mm)
4.4" (112 mm)

P/N: 387019P REV: 8.0 Page 2 of 4
4.4" (112 mm)
1.5" (38 mm)
Base de dtecteur standard, SIGA-SB
DEL distance (SIGA-LED)

La rsistance maximum par fil NE doit PAS dpasser 10
6
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison SIGA-SB Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural)
+
5
Borne 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7
Sortie des donnes (-)
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA NOTES: 1) Le SIGA-SB dispose de bornes de cblage pour connexion un tmoin DEL distance, modle SIGA-LED. 2) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm 2 , 1,5 mm2 , 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm2 (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. 3) crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. 4) Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
Description Inutilise Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) Inutilise Entre des donnes (-) DEL distance DEL distance Inutilise Sortie des donnes (-)
SIGA-SB
Bases De Dtecteur SIGA-SB

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF.: 387019P NIVEAU DE RVISION: 8.0 DATE: 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER: 387019P.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: C. Hanrahan

P/N: 387019P REV: 8.0 Page 3 of 4

_
3
1
5
7
+
S
+
S
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
27 mm (1,1 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

112 mm (4,4 po)

38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)

P/N: 387019P REV: 8.0 Page 4 of 4
112 mm (4,4 po)
45 mm (1,75 po)
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB4
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 to 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors 2.9 oz (82 g) 12 in (305 mm) 4 in Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS)
Remote LED (SIGA-LED)
Construction & Finish
+
5
6
Maximum Resistance per Wire Must NOT Exceed 10
Compatible Detectors Shipping Weight SIGA-SB4 Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting) Related Parts Compatible Electrical Boxes
DATA IN (-)
DATA OUT (-)
North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Square Box (using outer mounting brackets on base) NOTES: 1) 2) The SIGA-SB4 provides wiring terminals for connection to Remote LED, Model SIGA-LED. These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, and 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base. Break wire run at each terminal. Do not loop signaling circuit field wires around terminals.
Term Description
1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7
Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) Not Used DATA IN (-) Remote LED Remote LED Not Used DATA OUT (-)
3) 4)
SIGA-SB4
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-SB4 Detector Base

93016 01980


Refer to compatible panel installation sheet for terminal assignments.
Relay Detector Base
5
7
_
3
1
+
S
+
S
Shield/Drain
Control Panel
1. 2 3
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
4" by 1-1/2" (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Surface Mount) 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring
1.5" (38 mm) 0.8" (20 mm)
2.0" (51 mm)
4.4" (112 mm)
SIGA-TS
4" by 1-1/2" (38 mm) Deep Square Box (Flush Mount)

NOTES: 1)

A 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring (SIGA-TS) must be installed to give a "finished" appearance to the 4" base. Refer to Installation Sheet P/N 387056P for additional information.
1.5" (38 mm) 0.8" (20 mm)
2)
2.0" (51 mm)
4.4" (112 mm)

P/N: 387034P REV: 7.0 Page 2 of 4
Base de dtecteur standard, SIGA-SB4
Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement Gamme de tempratures de stockage Construction et fini 0 49 C (32 120 F) 0 93 % HR -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 82 g (2,9 oz) 305 mm (12 po) Jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) (rf. SIGA-TS)
DEL distance (SIGA-LED)
+
5
6
La rsistance maximum par fil NE doit PAS dpasser 10
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison SIGA-SB4 Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural) Pices apparentes
Borne Description 1 Inutilise 2 Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) 3 Inutilise 4 Entre des donnes (-) 4 DEL distance 5 DEL distance 6 Inutilise 7 Sortie des
Botes lectriques compatibles Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur (utilisation de supports de montage extrieurs sur la base) NOTES: 1) Le SIGA-SB4 dispose de bornes de cblage pour connexion un tmoin DEL distance, modle SIGA-LED. 2) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm2, 1,5 mm2, 1 mm2 et 0,75 mm2 (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. 3) crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base. 4) Interrompre le cblage au niveau de chaque borne. Ne pas enrouler les fils du circuit de signalisation autour de bornes.
SIGA-SB4
Base de dtecteur SIGA-SB4

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : 387034P NOM DU FICHIER : 387034P.CDR NIVEAU DE RVISION : 7.0 DATE : 01/18/99 APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : C. Hanrahan

P/N: 387034P REV: 7.0 Page 3 of 4

_
3
1
5
7
+
S
+
S
Panneau de commande
1. 2 3
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)
SIGA-TS

NOTES:
1)
38 mm (1,5 po)
2)
Une jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po) (Rf. SIGA-TS) doit tre installe pour donner un aspect final soign la base de 10,16 mm. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation rf. 387056P pour des renseignements
20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4)
P/N: 387034P REV: 7.0 Page 4 of 4
SIGA-SEC2 Security Loop Module

Product description
Personality code 43: basic security (factory default) The factory assigns personality code 43 to the channel 1 input. Personality code 43 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact and/or a Class B, N.O. contact for security conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact of the device is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 44: security tamper Personality code 44 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact and/or a Class B, N.O. contact for tamper conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact is closed, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 45: security open Personality code 45 configures the channel 1 input for use with a Class B, N.O. contact. When the N.O. contact is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The panel will report an open circuit as a SecurityFault condition. Personality code 46: security closed Personality code 46 configures the channel 1 input for use with a Class B, N.C. contact. When the N.C. contact is opened, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The panel will report a short circuit as a SecurityFault condition. Personality code 48: security - maintenance Personality code 48 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact or a Class B, N.O. contact for maintenance conditions (e.g. a motion detector with a separate maintenance contact). When the N.C. contact is opened or the N.O. contact is closed, a maintenance signal is sent to the loop controller. Note: See the SDU Online Help (P/N 180653) for additional programming instructions.
The Security Loop Module is an intelligent, analog-addressable device that interfaces one or two security loops to a Signature loop controller. Personality codes downloaded to the module during system configuration allow the user to configure each channel for almost any security application. This module also supports guard tour, per NFPA 72. The loop controller automatically assigns two addresses to the Security Loop Module, but it will accept custom address assignments from a laptop computer.
Personality codes
System controller compatibility The Security Loop Module requires a Signature loop controller to download the personality codes that determine how it will operate. The personality codes described below are compatible with the security loop module. Personality code 3: N.O. active, nonlatching (guard tour) Personality code 3 configures the channel 1 input for use with Class B, normally-open (N.O.) contact guard tour devices. When the N.O. contact of the device is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller. The active status is nonlatching and clears when the N.O. input is returned to the open condition. The panel will report an open circuit as a trouble condition. Note: Configure both zones the same for personality code 3. The security loop module requires connection to a listed guard tour station. Personality code 41: security open with tamper Personality code 41 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.O. contact for security conditions and a Class B, normally-closed (N.C.) contact for tamper conditions. When the N.O. contact is closed, an active signal is sent to the loop controller; similarly, when the N.C. contact is opened, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller. Personality code 42: security closed with tamper Personality code 42 configures the channel 1 input for devices that use a Class B, N.C. contact for security conditions and a Class B, N.O. contact for tamper conditions. When the N.C. contact is opened, an active signal is sent to the loop controller; similarly, when the N.O. contact is closed, a tamper signal is sent to the loop controller.
Specifications
Data input voltage: 15.20 to 19.95 Vdc Current draw Standby current: 720 mA Tamper/active current: 850 mA Security circuit EOL resistor: UL/ULC listed 47 kW Max. resistance/channel: 50 W (25 W per wire) Max. capacitance/channel: 0.1 mF Max. voltage/channel: 18 Vdc Max. current/channel: 0.32 mA Address requirement: 2 Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Humidity: 0 to 93% noncondensing Construction: High impact engineering polymer Compatible electrical boxes North American 1-gang box: 2.5 in (64 mm) deep Standard 4-inch square box: 1.5 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover
Installation Sheet SIGA-SEC2 - Security Loop Module
30OCT01
P/N: 387632 REV: 1.0 1/4
LEDs
Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the front cover is removed. Status Normal Active/Tamper LED indicator Green LED flashes Red LED flashes
To surface mount the module: 1. 2. 3. 4. Prepare the mounting knockouts in the backbox. (See Figure 2.) Mount the backbox on a smooth, flat surface. Reinstall the circuit board. Replace the front cover.
[1] Active/ Tamper Normal Front cover [2] [1] Backbox (rear view) [2]
Figure 1: LED locations and indications WARNINGS Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
Front cover Backbox
Side view [1] Mounting knockout [2] Wiring entrance
Backbox (front view)
Figure 2: Surface mounting the module To mount the module in an electrical box: 1. Reinstall the circuit board. Replace the front cover. Place the security loop module inside the electrical box. Secure the appropriate cover to the electrical box.
Caution: Observe static-sensitive material handling practices.
2. 3.
To wire and label the module: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Open the front cover of the module to expose the circuit board and the backbox. Remove the circuit board in accordance with staticsensitive handling practices. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Run the wiring through the wiring entrances of the backbox. (See Figure 2.) Make the appropriate wiring connections to TB1 and TB2. (See Figure 4.) Write the module address assignment on the label provided and apply it to the module. Peel off the serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the Serial Number Log Book.
4.
Signature data circuit 4-inch electrical box Conduit Security Loop Module Conduit
Security input circuits
Figure 3: Mounting the module in an electrical box Wire stripping guide
1/4 in (~6 mm)
Strip 1/4 inch (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. Caution: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection P/N: 387632 REV: 1.0 2/4 30OCT01 Installation Sheet SIGA-SEC2 - Security Loop Module
Wiring diagram
Notes [1] The circuits connected to TB2 are configurable to personality codes 3, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, or 48. The personality code assigned to the circuits determines the types of devices on them. [2] Class B (Style 4) [3] 25 W resistance per wire, max. [4] 16 AWG (1.0 sq mm) max. 22 AWG (0.25 sq mm) min. [5] Listed 47 kW EOL [6] UL/ULC listed guard tour station 7. 8. All wiring is supervised and power-limited This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors
N.O. with tamper
Tamper Alarm
[5]
N.C. with tamper
Alarm [5] Tamper
Basic security
[5]
Guard tour [6] [5]
Security Loop Module From Signature loop controller or previous device Data in (+) Data in (-) Data out (+) Data out (-) To next Signature device Signature loop TB1 + 4 8 7 6 + + Channel 2 input Channel 1 input TB2 [1] [2] [3] [4]
_ 3 + 2
_ 1
5 _
Figure 4: Wiring diagram
30OCT01
P/N: 387632 REV: 1.0 3/4
P/N: 387632 REV: 1.0 4/4
30OCT01
PRODUCT INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION The 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring, Model SIGA-TS, is a decorative cover intended for use with Signature Series 4" Bases. The trim skirt/ring covers the mounting screws on the SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-IB4 to provide a "finished" appearance to these bases. The SIGA-TS may also be used with SIGA-SB, SIGA-RB, and SIGA-IB bases (if necessary) to provide a "finished" appearance. Compatible Detectors Compatible Bases
SPECIFICATIONS
Signature Series Detectors Standard Base, SIGA-SB4 Relay Base, SIGA-RB4 Isolator Base, SIGA-IB4 Standard Base, SIGA-SB Relay Base, SIGA-RB Isolator Base, SIGA-IB, SIGI-IBS Construction & Finish Shipping Weight High Impact Engineering Polymer, White 3.9 oz (110 g)
1) Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the base. Mount the base to the electrical box. 2) Align the tabs on the trim skirt/ring with the notches on the base. 3) Push the trim skirt/ring onto the base until it snaps into position. 4) Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the detector. Install the detector in its base.
SIGA-TS
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-TS 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring

93016 01981


DESCRIPTION
La jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po), modle SIGA-TS, est un couvercle dcoratif spcialement conu pour les bases de 10,16 cm (4 po) de la srie Signature. Elle permet de dissimuler les vis de montage des bases SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4 et SIGA-IB4 afin de leur donner un aspect final plus soign. Elle peut galement tre utilise sur les bases SIGA-SB, SIGA-RB et SIGA-IB, si ncessaire, afin de leur donner un aspect final plus soign.
Dtecteurs compatibles Bases compatibles Base standard, SIGA-SB4 Base relais, SIGA-RB4 Base disolement, SIGA-IB4 Base standard, SIGA-SB Base relais, SIGA-RB Base disolement, SIGA-IB, SIGI-IBS Construction et fini Poids la livraison Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc 110 g (3,9 oz) Dtecteurs de la srie Signature
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) 2) 3) 4) Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation fournie avec la base. Monter la base sur la bote lectrique. Aligner les onglets de la jupe de garniture avec les encoches de la base. Enfoncez la jupe de garniture sur la base jusqu ce quelle senclen-che en place. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation fournie avec le dtecteur. Monter le dtecteur sur la base.
SIGA-TS
SIGA-TS Jupe de garniture de bote de 10,16 cm (4 pouces)

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF.: 387056P NIVEAU DE RVISION: 7.0 DATE: 01/18/99 NOM DU FICHIER: 387056P.CDR APPROUV PAR: B. Right CR PAR: C. Hanrahan

P/N: 387056P REV: 7.0 Page 2 of 2
1) 2) 3) 4) Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the base. Mount the base to the electrical box. Align the tabs on the trim skirt/ring with the notches on the base. Push the trim skirt/ring onto the base until it snaps into position. Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the detector. Install the detector in its base.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION The SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt Ring may be used with all Signature Series bases (if necessary) to provide a "finished" appearance around an installed base. It is provided with all Signature Series 4" bases.
SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Detectors Compatible Bases Signature Series Detectors Standard Base, SIGA-SB4 Relay Base, SIGA-RB4 Isolator Base, SIGA-IB4 Standard Base, SIGA-SB Relay Base, SIGA-RB Isolator Base, SIGA-IB Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer, White
Shipping Weight 3.9 oz (110 g)
SIGA-TS4
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-TS4 4" Trim Skirt/Ring

93016 02869

MODE D'INSTALLATION
1) 2) 3) 4) Se rfrer la fiche d'instalation fournie avec la base. Monter la base sur la bote lectrique. Allgnez les anglets de la jupe de garniture avec les encoches de la base. Enfoncez a jupe de garniture sur la base jusqu' ce qu'elle s'enclenche en place. Se rfrer la fiche d'installation fournie avec le dtecteur. Monter le dtecteur sur la base.

DESCRIPTION La jupe de garniture SIGA-TS4 peut tre utilise avec la gamme complte Signature (si ncessaire) afin de faire une finition par dessus la base installe. Cette jupe est fournit avec la srie de bases de 4 pouces.
Dtecteurs Compatibles Bases Compatibles Dtecteurs de la Srie Signature Base standard, SIGA-SB4 Base relais, SIGA-RB4 Base d'Isolement, SIGA-IB4 Base standard, SIGA-SB Base relais, SIGA-RB Base d'Isolement, SIGA-IB Construction et fini Poids la livraison Polymer avec rsistance leve aux impacts 110 g (3.9 oz)
SIGA-TS4
INSTALLATION SHEET:
SIGA-TS4 4" Jupe De Garniture

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: P-047550-1856 FILE NAME: P-047550-1856.CDR REVISION LEVEL: 1.0 DATE: 10/13/99 APPROVED BY: B. Right CREATED BY: C. Hanrahan

P/N: PP-047550-1856 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION The 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring, Model SIGA-TSB, is a decorative cover intended for use with Signature Series 4" Bases. The trim skirt/ring covers the mounting screws on the SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-IB4 to provide a "finished" appearance to these bases. The SIGA-TSB may also be used with SIGA-SB, SIGA-RB, and SIGA-IB bases (if necessary) to provide a "finished" appearance. Compatible Detectors Compatible Bases
SPECIFICATIONS
Signature Series Detectors Standard Base, SIGA-SB4 Relay Base, SIGA-RB4 Isolator Base, SIGA-IB4 Standard Base, SIGA-SB Relay Base, SIGA-RB Isolator Base, SIGA-IB, SIGI-IBS Construction & Finish Shipping Weight High Impact Engineering Polymer, White 3.9 oz (110 g)
1) 2) 3) 4) Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the base. Mount the base to the electrical box. Align the tabs on the trim skirt/ring with the notches on the base. Push the trim skirt/ring onto the base until it snaps into position. Refer to the Installation Sheet provided with the detector. Install the detector in its base.
SIGA-TSB
INSTALLATION SHEET
SIGA-TSB 4" Box Trim Skirt/Ring

93016 02805


DESCRIPTION
La jupe de garniture de bote lectrique de 10,16 cm (4 po), modle SIGA-TSB, est un couvercle dcoratif spcialement conu pour les bases de 10,16 cm (4 po) de la srie Signature. Elle permet de dissimuler les vis de montage des bases SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4 et SIGA-IB4 afin de leur donner un aspect final plus soign. Elle peut galement tre utilise sur les bases SIGA-SB, SIGA-RB et SIGA-IB, si ncessaire, afin de leur donner un aspect final plus soign.
Dtecteurs compatibles Bases compatibles Base standard, SIGA-SB4 Base relais, SIGA-RB4 Base disolement, SIGA-IB4 Base standard, SIGA-SB Base relais, SIGA-RB Base disolement, SIGA-IB, SIGI-IBS Construction et fini Poids la livraison Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc 110 g (3,9 oz) Dtecteurs de la srie Signature
MODE DINSTALLATION
1) 2) 3) 4) Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation fournie avec la base. Monter la base sur la bote lectrique. Aligner les onglets de la jupe de garniture avec les encoches de la base. Enfoncez la jupe de garniture sur la base jusqu ce quelle senclen-che en place. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation fournie avec le dtecteur. Monter le dtecteur sur la base.
SIGA-TSB
SIGA-TSB Jupe de garniture de bote de 10,16 cm (4 pouces)

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF: P-047550-1885 NOM DU FICHIER: P-047550-1885.CDR NIVEAU DE RVISION: 1.0 DATE: 01/18/99 APPROUV PAR: B. Right CREATED BY:CR PAR

P/N: P-047550-1885 REV: 1.0 Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The SIGA-UIO2R Universal Input/Output Motherboard provides mounting and wiring terminations for up to two (2) Signature M series modules. In addition, the motherboard features individual inputs/outputs and a common input/output bus. Jumpers, located between the modules, facilitate sharing of common inputs/outputs between the two modules to reduce wiring. The motherboard conveniently mounts in equipment enclosures or racks. Modules plug into the motherboard, and captive screws fasten them down. All module field wiring goes to terminal blocks on the motherboard, which permits rapid removal and replacement for troubleshooting. Clearance Space Module Capacity Terminal Capacity Compatible Boxes
SPECIFICATIONS
Two Signature M series plug-in modules 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) GS Building Systems, Corp. listed fire alarm enclosures: 2-WB(X) series 2-CAB series 3-CAB series RACCR series 3-RACC series 1 inch minimum all around the motherboard, 1/2 inch above the Signature M series modules, and in accordance with the National Electrical Code 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) 0 to 93% RH 4.30 in (10.9 cm) x 5.34 in (13.5 cm) x 0.87 in (2.2 cm) + 2.25 in (5.7 cm) module depth 0.32 lb (0.15 kg)
Operating Temperature Storage Temperature
Warning!
Humidity Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight
!
1 2 3 4
Caution!
See the specifications to determine which enclosure to mount the motherboard in and how much clearance space to allow it. Use the motherboard to mark the mounting hole locations. Drill the mounting holes at the marks made in step 1 (mounting hole diameter = 0.125 in or 3.175 mm). Mount the motherboard in the cabinet with the screws and washers provided.
TB7 P1 P2 TB1 TB2
Interior surface of enclosure Mounting space
SIGA-UIO2R #6-32 Self-tapping Screws
TB15
TB8
TB9
Mounting holes 0.125 in 3.175 mm diameter
INSTALLATION SHEET:
Interior surface of enclosure
#6 Flat Washers
SIGA-UIO2R Universal Input/Output Motherboard

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387349 REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 DATE: 12/22/98 FILE NAME: 387349.CDR APPROVED BY: R. Right CREATED BY: B. Graham
Notes
1 2 Mark the mounting hole locations here. See the installation sheets of the individual Signature M series modules for mounting instructions to the motherboard.

WIRING
Power-limited wiring
Nonpower-limited wiring
6 3
Module Input/Output Wiring

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SIGA-UIO2R
TB1
TB2
Data In
TB7
4 3 2 1
TB15
4 3 2 1
Data Out
Common input/output bus for Signature M series modules

5
TB8
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
TB9
Module Input/Output Wiring

5 3
Jumpers connect common inputs/outputs between modules
Notes
1 2
Jumpers may be used to make the inputs/outputs between modules common. Not all modules use the motherboard terminals for the same functions. Refer to individual Signature M series installation sheets for jumper settings and wiring information. Do not mix incompatible signals. Maximum current is 8 Amps.
Caution!
In cabinets that house only one motherboard:

4 5
Maintain 1/4 in (6.4 mm) separation between powerlimited and nonpower-limited wiring.
Group all modules with nonpower-limited sources to the right of the motherboard and route their wiring to the right. Group all modules with power-limited sources to the left of the motherboard and route their wiring to the left. Maintain a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) spacing between powerlimited and nonpower-limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP, FPLR, or an equirvalent in accordance with the NEC. Installations with multiple motherboards or enclosures, which include other wiring, require FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or equivalent NEC-approved wiring for all power-limited wiring. Observe the details of supervision and power-limited vs. nonpower-limited circuits, as found in the Signature M series installation sheets.

Strip 1/4 inch from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal blocks of the motherboard.
1/4 in (6.4 mm)

CAUTION: Exposing more than 1/4 inch of wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less than 1/4 inch of wire may result in a faulty connection.
387349.CDR REV 2.0 Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT INFORMATION
The UIO6 and UIO6R Universal Input/Output Motherboards provide mounting and wiring terminations for up to six M series modules. The UIO6 provides two input/output buses common to all modules (TB14 and TB15). The UIO6R provides one input/output bus common to all modules (TB15) and six individual inputs/outputs (TB8 through TB13) for further flexibility. Jumpers, located between the modules, facilitate sharing of common inputs/outputs between adjacent modules to minimize wiring. Both boards provide six terminal blocks to handle the inputs and outputs for individual modules installed on the motherboard (TB1 through TB6). The Signature Data Circuit (SDC), which provides communication to all the modules, is connected at a single location (TB7). The motherboard conveniently mounts into equipment enclosures or racks. Modules plug into the motherboard at any of the six locations, and captive screws fasten them to the motherboard. All module field wiring goes to terminal blocks on the motherboard to permit rapid removal and replacement for troubleshooting.
SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity: Six M series plug-in modules Terminal capacity: 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) to 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) Compatible boxes: GS Building Systems, Corporation listed fire alarm enclosures: 2-WB(X) series 3-CAB series RACCR series 3-RACC series MFC-A Cabinet Clearance space: 1 inch minimum all around the UIO6 or UIO6R, 1/2 inch above the M series modules, and in accordance with the National Electrical Code Operating temperature: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Storage temperature: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH Dimensions (H x W x D): 4.30 in (10.9 cm) x 9.56 in (24.28 cm) x 0.87 in (2.2 cm) + 2.25 in (5.7 cm) module depth Weight: UIO6 =0.56 lb (0.25 kg), UIO6R = 0.62 lb (0.28 kg)
WARNING: Disconnect power to cabinets before installing or removing components. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or loss of life. Caution: Observe static-sensitive material handling practices. 1. See the specifications given here to determine the correct enclosure and clearance space for a particular motherboard. 2. Use the UIO6 or UIO6R to mark the mounting hole locations. 3. Drill 0.125 in (3.175 mm) mounting holes. 4. Mount the UIO6 or UIO6R in the cabinet, using the screws and washers provided.
1 2 3 4 TB7 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 TB1
PRODUCT DIAGRAM
1 2 3 4 TB2 TB3 1 2 3 4 TB4 1 2 3 4 TB5 1 2 3 4 TB6 1 2 3 4 TB14 4 3 2 1
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
TB15 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
UIO6
Interior surface of enclosure UIO6(R) Mounting Space UIO6(R)
TB1 1 2 3 4 TB2 1 2 3 4 TB3 1 2 3 4 TB4 1 2 3 4 TB5 1 2 3 4 TB6 1 2 3 4
#6 flat washers
TB7 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6
Mounting holes 0.125 in (3.175 mm) diameter
[1]
TB8
JP1A
TB15 4 3 2 1
TB9
JP2A
TB10
JP3A
TB11
JP4A
TB12
JP5A
TB13
JP1B
JP2B
JP3B
JP4B
JP5B
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
UIO6R
Interior surface of enclosure #6-32 self-tapping screws
INSTALLATION SHEET
Notes [1] Mark the mounting hole locations here. 2. See the installation sheets of the individual M series modules for mounting instructions to the UIO6 or UIO6R.
SIGA-UIO6(R) Universal Input/Output Motherboard

INSTALLATION SHEET P/N: 387473 REVISION LEVEL: 2.0 DATE: 14MAR00 FILE NAME: 387473.CDR APPROVED BY: J. Burns CREATED BY: S. Hawes

WIRING DIAGRAM
UIO6
Power-limited wiring TB1 through TB6 provide module input/output wiring. Refer to individual module installation sheet for wiring details. Data In
4 3 2 1
Maintain 1/4 in (6.4 mm) separation between power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring.
UIO6
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
TB5
TB6
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TB14
4 3 2 1
Input/output bus 1 common to all M series modules (maximum current is 8 Amps) Input/output bus 2 common to all M series modules (maximum current is 8 Amps)
TB15 TB7
4 3 2 1
Data Out
UIO6R
TB1 through TB6 provide module input/output wiring. Refer to individual module installation sheet for wiring details. Data In
Power-limited wiring
Maintain 1/4 in (6.4 mm) separation between power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring.
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SIGA-UIO6R-LG
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
TB7
4 3 2 1
TB5
TB6
TB15
4 3 2 1
Data Out
Input/output bus 2 common to all M series modules (maximum current is 8 Amps)
TB10
TB11
TB8
TB9
Jumpers connect common inputs and outputs between modules.
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TB12
1 2 3 4
TB13
1 2 3 4
Module Input/Output Wiring (maximum current is 8 Amps) Refer to individual module installation sheet for wiring details.
CAUTION
In cabinets that house only one UIO6 or UIO6R motherboard: Group all modules with nonpower-limited sources to the right of the motherboard and route their wiring to the right Group all modules with power-limited sources to the left of the motherboard and route their wiring to the left Maintain 1/4 inch separation between power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring, or use FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Electric Code.
1/4 in (~6 mm) Strip 1/4 in (about 6 mm) from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal block of the module. CAUTION: Exposing more wire may cause a ground fault. Exposing less wire may result in a faulty connection.
Installations with multiple UIO6 or UIO6R motherboards or enclosures which include other wiring require FPL, FPLR, FPLP, or equivalent NEC-approved wiring for all power-limited wiring. Observe the details of supervision and power-limited vs. nonpowerlimited circuits, as found on the M series installation sheets.
P/N: 387473 REV: 2.0 Page 2 of 2
SIGA-UM Universal Class A/B Module

Product diagram
Personality code 3: N/O active - non-latching (Class B): Contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm status and does not latch at the module. Code 3 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 4: N/O active latching (Class B): Contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm status which is latched at the module. Code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches. Personality code 8: dry contact output: Configures the module as a Form C dry relay contact to control external appliances (door closers, fans, dampers, etc.) or equipment shutdown. Note: Jumper JP1 must be moved to pins 2 and 3 for dry contact operation. Personality code 9: N/O alarm latching (Class A): Configures the module for connection of Class A normally-open dry contact initiating devices (e.g., pull-stations, heat detectors, etc.). When the N/O input contact of an initiating device is closed, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. The SIGA-UM Universal Class A/B Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-UM is an analog addressable device that can connect any one of the following: Dual input Class B initiating device circuit (IDC) Class A or B initiating device circuit (IDC) Class A or B notification appliance circuit (NAC) Class A or B circuit for 2-wire smoke detectors and initiating devices on one circuit Form C dry contact relay Personality Code 10: N/O alarm delayed latching (Class A): Same as code 9 except that contact closure must be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm status is generated. Code 10 is typically used with waterflow alarm switches. Personality code 11: N/O active - non-latching (Class A): Same as code 9 except that contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm status, and does not latch at the module. Personality code 11 is typically used for monitoring fans, dampers, doors, etc. Personality code 12: N/O active - latching (Class A): Same as code 9 except that contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm status, which is latched at the module. Code 12 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches. Personality code 13: 2-wire smoke - non-verified (Class B): Configures the module for monitoring 2-wire conventional smoke detectors (that do not require alarm verification) and normally-open contact initiating devices (e.g., pull-stations, heat detectors, etc.) on the same circuit. Personality code 14: 2-wire smoke - verified (Class B): Configures the module for monitoring 2-wire conventional smoke detectors (that require alarm verification). Normally-open contact initiating devices may not be mixed with 2-wire conventional smoke detectors. Personality code 15: signal output (Class A): Configures the module for connection of a Class A output notification appliance circuit (NAC). Code 15 is typically used to control bells, speakers, etc. Personality code 16: signal output (Class B): Configures the module for connection of a Class B output notification appliance circuit (NAC). Code 16 is typically used to control bells, speakers, etc. Personality code 20: 2-wire smoke - non-verified (Class A): Same as personality code 13, except that wiring is Class A. Personality code 21: 2-wire smoke - verified (Class A): Same as personality code 14, except that wiring is Class A.
The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGA-UM automatically. A custom address can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Two device addresses are required. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Mounting The SIGA-UM can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with a 2-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Jumper setup Jumper JP1 is factory installed on pins 1 and 2 for normal operation. In order to operate the SIGA-UM as a Form C dry relay contact to control external appliances (door closers, fans, dampers, etc.), JP1 must be moved to pins 2 and 3 and personality code 8 must be downloaded to the module. System controller compatibility The SIGA-UM requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-UM. Personality code 1: N/O alarm latching (Class B): Configures input 1 and/or 2 for Class B normally-open dry contact initiating devices (e.g., pull stations, heat detectors, etc.). When the N/O input contact of an initiating device is closed, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the module. Personality code 2: N/O alarm delayed latching (Class B): Same as code 1 except that contact closure must be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm status is generated. This code is only for use with nonretarded waterflow alarm switches. Installation Sheet SIGA-UM - Universal Class A/B Module
Warnings
1. 2. 3. 4. This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. The personality code for this module is factory set to 0. This module will not operate until it is assigned a personality code of 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20, or 21. When using personality code 8, Jumper JP1 must be moved to pins 2 and 3. Do not assume relay contacts are in the correct state until this module is installed and signal power is applied. When using personality code 13 or 14, a UL/ULC Listed 15 K EOL resistor must be installed at the last device in the circuit. P/N: P-047550-1726 REV: 3.0 1/4
17JAN03
5.
Dangerous voltages may be present at terminals even when power is shut off.
Specifications
Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Ripple voltage: 2 Vac Output ratings 24 Vdc @ 2 A 25 V Audio: 50 W 70 V Audio: 35 W Contact ratings 24 Vdc @ 2 A 120 Vdc @ 0.5 A Relay type: Form C Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Mode of operation Class B initiating device circuit Form C dry contact relay Class A initiating device circuit 2-wire smoke detectors and initiating devices First UM module to go into alarm (Class A or B) Each subsequent UM to go into alarm Class A or B notification appliance circuit Personality code 1, 2, 3, or 4 8 9, 10, 11, or 12 13, 14, 20, or 21 N/A N/A 15 or 16
Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Construction: High impact polymer Shipping weight: 7.7 oz (218 g) Compatible electrical boxes North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 2-gang box Standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep box with 2-gang cover UL compatibility ID: 0.0 Initiating device circuit (IDC) Max. circuit resistance (per channel): 50 (25 per wire) Max. circuit capacitiance (per channel): 0.1 F Max. alarm current (per channel): 17 mA Operating voltage range: 16.0 to 24.0 Vdc
Standby current 396 A 100 A 223 A 2.0 mA (from 3rd wire) N/A N/A 223 A
Activated current 680 A 100 A 365 A N/A 12 mA smoke detector 17 mA contact closure 100 A (from data line) 365 A
EOL resistor 47 k N/A N/A Class A: 22 k Class B: 15 k N/A N/A Class A: N/A Class B: 47 k
Note: The SIGA-UM is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 5/16 in (8 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the four 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
1/4 in (~6 mm)
4. 5.
Notes 1. 2. A valid personality code MUST be downloaded to the module through programming for the unit to operate. Wire in accordance with the current NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
Transient protection This module requires transient protection for installations in which electromechanical bells or horns are connected to the output circuits. A Bipolar Transient Protector (P/N 235196P) must be used to protect the module's electronic circuitry from the effects of electronic transients caused by the inductive load of bells or horns. Connect the bipolar transient protector assembly across the terminals of the bell or horn located electrically closest to the module. The bipolar transient protector is not polarity sensitive. Bells and horns must be located a minimum distance of 6 ft (1.83 m) from the module. P/N: P-047550-1726 REV: 3.0 2/4 17JAN03 Installation Sheet SIGA-UM - Universal Class A/B Module
Wiring diagrams
These notes apply to the wiring diagrams that follow. [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] For maximum wire resistance, refer to the appropriate technical reference manual Maximum 10 Vdc @ 350 A See Signature Loop Controller installation sheet for wiring specs This module will not support 2-wire smoke detectors unless configured for personality code 13, 14, 20, or 21 Maximum 12.5 resistance per wire for Class A configurations Compatible smoke detector. See the control panel installation manual for type and quantity. SIGA-UM must be installed in the same room as the device it controls Polarity at terminals 11 and 12 shown in supervisory condition. Connect as shown in diagram. (Polarity reverses on alarm.)
[9] Power-limited and supervised [10] Supervised and power-limited when connected to power-limited source. If nonpower-limited, then all power-limited wiring in box must use FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable or equivalent per NEC. Power-limited marking must be eliminated. [11] Power-limited when connected to power limited source. If nonpower limited, then all power limited wiring in box must use FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable or equivalent per NEC. Power-limited marking must be eliminated. [12] A maximum of 15 UM modules per circuit can be configured to support 2-wire smoke detectors (personality codes 13, 14, 20, and 21). However, if a Signature Series IM module or Signature Series Detector with an Isolator Base (IB) is installed on the Signature Data Circuit, only 7 UM modules may be configured to support 2-wire smoke detectors. [13] Maximum alarm current is 17 mA. Operating voltage range is 16.0 to 24.0 Vdc.
Dual input module (personality codes 1, 2, 3, and 4) [4]

INPUT 1 UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL Not used
TB4
JP1
INPUT 2 UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL
TB3
Typical initiating device Red LED (Alarm / Active)

TB2
16 15 14 13
3-2-1 12 11 10 9
Style B (Class B) [1] [2] [9]
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
Green LED (Normal)

TB1
DATA IN
(+) ()
Not used
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
[3] [9]
Control relay module (personality code 8) [4]

Normally open Normally closed
Common [7] [11]
Not used
TB4
16 15 14 13
JP1
Not used Not used

TB3
JP1 3 2 1
3-2-1 12 11 10 9

TB2
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
Green LED (Normal)

TB1
Not used From Signature controller or previous device DATA IN
Wiring on terminals 1 - 4 is power-limited and supervised
(+) ()
[3] [9]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Single input module (personality codes 9, 10, 11, or 12) [4]
Style D (Class A) [1] [2] [5] [9]

TB4
Not used
JP1
Not used
TB3
Typical initiating device
16 15 14 13
3-2-1 12 11 10 9

TB2
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
Green LED (Normal)

TB1
DATA IN
(+) ()
Not used
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
[3] [9]
Installation Sheet SIGA-UM - Universal Class A/B Module
17JAN03
P/N: P-047550-1726 REV: 3.0 3/4
2-wire smoke detectors and initiating devices (personality codes 13, 14, 20, or 21) [6] [12]
Style D (Class A) [5] [13] Style B (Class B) [1] [9] [13]

IN OUT + +
[6]
UL/ULC listed 15 k EOL for Class B only Typical initiating device (no devices allowed with personality code 14 or 21)
Not used Smoke detector power (+24 Vdc) from Signature controller or previous device
UL/ULC listed 22 k EOL used for Class A only
TB4
JP1
TB3
16 15 14 13 3-2-1 12 11 10 9

TB2
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
Green LED (Normal)

TB1
DATA IN
(+) ()
Not used
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
[3] [9]
Single output module (personality codes 15 or 16) [4]
Circuit wired same as diagram below
Install the bipolar transient protector here
Style Z (Class A) [1] [10] Not used

JP1
Not used
TB4
16 15 14 13
TB3
3-2-1 12 11 10 9
Style Y (Class B) [8] [10]
Typical notification applicance

TB2
8 7 6 5
4 3 2 1
Green LED UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL (Normal) used for Class B only
TB1
From UL/ULC listed control panel From Signature controller or previous device
RISER IN
(+) () (+) DATA IN ()
(+) To next device or EOL resistor supplied () RISER OUT with UL/ULC listed control panel (+) () DATA OUT To next device
[3] [9] [10]
P/N: P-047550-1726 REV: 3.0 4/4
17JAN03
Installation Sheet SIGA-UM - Universal Class A/B Module
SIGA-WTM Waterflow/Tamper Module

Product description
Personality code 4: N.O. active latching (Class B): A contact closure causes an active instead of an alarm event, which is latched at the module. Personality code 4 is typically used for monitoring supervisory and tamper switches.
Warnings
8 7 6 5
1.
This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. This module does not support conventional smoke detectors.
2.
4 3 2 1
Specifications
The SIGA-WTM Waterflow/Tamper Module is a component of the Signature Series. The SIGA-WTM is an analog addressable device used to connect Class B normally open waterflow alarm and supervisory initiating device circuits (IDCs) to a Signature loop controller. Two device addresses are required. Input channel 1 of the SIGA-WTM is used for waterflow alarm applications. Input channel 2 is used for supervisory applications. This is determined by a personality code that is downloaded to the module by the loop controller during system configuration. The loop controller assigns two addresses to the SIGA-WTM automatically. Custom addresses can also be assigned to the module via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Diagnostic LEDs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed: Normal: green LED flashes Alarm/active: red LED flashes
Note: The SIGA-WTM is shipped from the factory as an assembled unit; it contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. To install the module: 1. 2. 3. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Write the address assigned to the module on the label provided and apply the label to the module. Peel off the removable serial number label from the module and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the 4-24 x 1/2 in (13 mm) self-tapping screw provided, mount the wall plate to the module. Using the two 6-32 x 1/2 in (13 mm) machine screws provided, mount the module to the electrical box.
Mounting The SIGA-WTM can be mounted in a North American 2-1/2 in (64 mm) deep 1-gang box or a standard 4 in square box 1-1/2 in (38 mm) deep with 1-gang cover. The terminal blocks accept 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (2.5, 1.5, 1.0, or 0.75 sq mm). Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. System controller compatibility The SIGA-WTM requires the Signature loop controller. The loop controller downloads the personality code which determines how the module operates. The following personality codes can be downloaded to the SIGA-WTM. Personality code 2: N.O. alarm delayed latching (Class B): Personality code 2 operates the same as personality code 1 except that contact closure must be maintained for approximately 16 seconds before an alarm signal is generated. Personality code 2 is only for use with non-retarded waterflow alarm switches.
4. 5.
Notes 1. 2. If a 2 in (51 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through only one knock-out hole. If a 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 1-gang box is used, conduit can enter the electrical box through one or both knock-out holes. P/N: 387058P REV: 6.0 1/4
Installation Sheet SIGA-WTM - Waterflow/Tamper Module
17JAN03
3.
Wire in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.

1/4 in (~6 mm)
Wiring diagram
INPUT 1 Personality Code 2 INPUT 2 Personality Code 4
Typical N.O. Waterflow Switch UL/ULC Listed 47 k EOL
TB2
8 7 6 5
Typical N.O. Supervisory/ Tamper Switch
Style B (Class B) [1] [2] [4] Red LED (Alarm / Active) TB1
4 3 2 1
UL/ULC listed 47 k EOL Green LED (normal)
DATA IN
(+) () [3]
(+) ()
DATA OUT
To next device
Notes [1] Maximum 25 resistance per wire [2] Maximum 12 AWG (2.5 sq mm) wire; minimum 18 AWG (0.75 sq mm) wire [3] Refer to the Signature loop controller installation sheet for wiring specifications P/N: 387058P REV: 6.0 2/4
17JAN03
SIGA-WTM Module dbit deau / dfaut

Description de produit Avertissements
2.
Caractristiques
Le Module dbit deau / dfaut SIGA-WTM est un composant du systme srie Signature. Le SIGA-WTM est un dispositif analogique adressable utilis pour connecter des circuits de dclenchement (Initiating Device Circuits ou IDC) contact sec de classe B normalement ouverts, dalarme de dbit deau et de surveillance, un contrleur de boucle Signature. Deux adresses de dispositif sont ncessaires. Le canal dentre 1 du SIGA-WTM est utilis pour des applications de type alarme de dbit deau. Le canal dentre 2 sert aux applications de type sur-veillance. Le contrleur de boucle assigne automatiquement deux adresses au SIGA-WTM ou des adresses particulires peuvent tre assignes au module via ordinateur portatif. Aucun bouton dadressage nest utilis. Des tmoins DEL donnent une indication visuelle de ltat du module lorsque la plaque de protection est retire: Normal: le tmoin DEL vert clignote Alarme/actif: le tmoin DEL rouge clignote
Installation
Note: Le SIGA-WTM est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Pour installer le module: 1. 2. 3. Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de connexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. crire ladresse assigne au module sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le module. Dcoller du module ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec le vis autotaraudeuses de 4-24 x 1/2 po. (13 mm) fournie, monter la plaque murale sur le module. Avec les deux vis machine de 6-32 x 1/2 po (13 mm) fournies, monter le module dans la bote lectrique.
Montage Le SIGA-WTM peut tre mont dans une bote Amrique du Nord simple standard de 64 mm (2-1/2 po) de profondeur ou dans une bote carre de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1-1/2 po) de profondeur avec couvercle simple. Les borniers acceptent des fils de 2,5, 1,5, 1,0, et de 0,75 mm carrs (AWG 12, 14, 16, ou 18). Des fils de 1,0 et de 0,75 mm carrs sont prfrables. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGA-WTM est uniquement compatible avec les contrleurs de boucle Signature. Le contrleur de boucle tlcharge le code de personnalit dterminant comment le module fonctionne. Les codes de personnalit suivants peuvent tre tlchargs dans le SIGA-WTM. Code de personnalit 2: verrouillage dalarme retard N.O. (classe B): Le code de personnalit 2 fonctionne de la mme faon que le code de person-nalit 1, mais la fermeture du contact doit tre maintenue pendant environ 16 secondes pour gnrer un tat dalarme. Le code de personnalit 2 nest utilis quavec des interrupteurs dalarme de dbit deau non retards. Code de personnalit 4: verrouillage dactivit N.O. (classe B): La fermeture dun contact dclenche un tat dactivit plutt quun tat dalarme, verrouill au niveau du module. Le code de personnalit 4 est habituellement utilis dans la surveillance des contacts de surveillance et des contacts de dfaut.
4. 5.
2.
3.
17JAN03
P/N: 387058P REV: 6.0 3/4
Dnudage des fils

~6 mm (1/4 po)
Schma de cblage
ENTRE 1 Code de personnalit 2 ENTRE 2 Code de personnalit 4
Contact de dbit deau N.O FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC
TB2
8 7 6 5
Contact de dfaut/ surveillance N.O. Typique
Style B (Classe B)
[1] [2] [4]

FDL 47 K, rpertorie UL/ULC
TB1
(+) () [3]
()
SORTIE DES DONNES
[4] 5. 6.
P/N: 387058P REV: 6.0 4/4
17JAN03

SIGI-271 Break Glass Station

Specifications
Construction: High impact plastic Operating voltage range: 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby current: 250 A Activated current: 400 A Switch contact: 150 m maximum Operating temperature range: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Storage temperature range: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Operating humidity range: 0 to 93% RH Replacement breakglass: 271-KG1 (package of 5 inserts) Compatible electrical boxes: KAC SR3T-P Surface Box KAC ETT1-P Tray for Flush Mount Shipping Weight: 26 lb (0.12 kg)
Product description
Notes The SIGI-271 is shipped from the factory complete with a single input module attached. The electronic module contains no user-serviceable parts and should not be disassembled. The SIGI-271 is factory assigned personality code 1. No user configuration is required. Refer to the Signature Loop Controller installation sheet for wiring specifications. All wiring is power-limited and supervised.
Description The Break Glass Station (model SIGI-271) is a component of the Signature Series. It is designed for indoor use only. The single input module mounted to the back of the unit supervises the station and sends an alarm signal to the loop controller when the switch is closed (i.e., when the glass is broken). Device addressing One device address is required. The loop controller assigns an address to the SIGI-271 automatically. A custom address can be assigned to the station via laptop computer. No addressing switches are used. Mounting The SIGI-271 can be mounted in a KAC SR3T-P Surface Box or a KAC ETT1-P Tray for flush mounting. System controller compatibility The SIGI-271 requires the Signature Loop Controller. Personality code 1: N/O alarm latching (Class B) The SIGI-271 is assigned personality code 1 at the factory. This configures the SIGI-271 for Class B operation. When the SIGI-271 is activated, an alarm signal is sent to the loop controller and the alarm condition is latched at the station. WARNING: This device will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
To install the station: 1. Loosen the captive screw on the front plate of the station and remove the front plate. Remove the glass panel from inside the station. Verify that all field wiring is free of opens, shorts, and ground faults. Make all wiring connections as shown in the wiring diagram. Attach the module wires to the appropriate electrical box terminals. (Station wiring is provided with spade lugs.) Write the address assigned to the station on the label provided and apply the label to the station. Peel off the removable serial number label from the station and apply it to the appropriate location in the serial number logbook. Using the two machine screws provided, mount the break glass station back plate to the electrical box. Reinstall the glass panel inside the station and reattach the front plate to the station using the captive screw on the front plate.
2. 3.
4.
5. 6.
Installation Sheet SIGI-271 - Break Glass Station
10JUN02
P/N: P-047550-1725 REV: 3.0 1/4
Wiring diagrams
Rear view
Black wire B/W wire Red wire
Mounting holes
Data in (+) Data in (-) Data out (+) Data out (-)
KAC ETT1-P Tray Wiring

Data in (+) Data in (-) Data out (+) Data out (-)
Black Data in (-)
Black and white Data out (-)
Red Data in/out (+) Compatible electrical box KAC SR3T-P surface box shown
Black wire Red wire
B/W wire
KAC SR3T-P Box Wiring

Back plate Mounting screws Glass panel
Front plate See wiring detail above
Test key opening
P/N: P-047550-1725 REV: 3.0 2/4
10JUN02

SIGI-271 Poste Bris de Verre

Caractristiques
Construction: Plastique avec rsistance leve aux impacts Gamme de tensions de fonctionnement: 15,2 19,95 Vcc Courant de veille: 250 A Courant de fonctionnement actif: 400 A Contact de l'interrupteur: 150 m maximum Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement: 0 49 C (32 120 F) Gamme de tempratures de stockage: 20 60 C (-4 140 F) Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement: 0 93% HR Verre de rupture de remplacement: 271- KG1 (5 ajouts par paquet) Botes lectriques compatibles: Bote surface KAC SR3T-P Plateau KAC ETT1-P pour montage encastr Poids la livraison: 0,12 kg (26 livres)
Installation
Notes Le SIGI-271 est expdi de lusine compltement mont; il ne contient aucune pice dpannable par lutilisateur et ne doit pas tre dmont. Le code de personnalit 1 est assign en usine au SIGI271. Aucune configuration par lutilisateur nest ncessaire. Se rfrer la fiche dinstallation du contrleur de boucle Signature pour les spcifications de cblage Ensemble du cblage surveill et limitation de courant.
Description La station Bris de Verre (modle SIGI-271) est un composant du Srie Signature pour l'intrieur seulement. Le module une seule entre monte larrire du dispositif surveille le poste et transmet un signal dalarme au contrleur de boucle quand linterrupteur est ferm (i.e. quand le verre est cass). Adressage lectronique Une adresse de dispositif est ncessaire. Le contrleur de boucle assigne une adresse au SIGI-271 automatiquement, ou une adresse particulire peut tre assigne au poste via ordinateur portatif; aucun commutateur dadressage nest utilis. Montage Le SIGI-271 peut tre mont dans une bote surface KAC SR3T-P ou un plateau KAC ETT1-P pour un montage encastr. Compatabilit avec le contrleur du systme Le SIGI-271 requiert le contrleur de boucle Signature. Code de personnalit 1: verrouillage dalarme n/o (Classe B) Le code de personnalit 1 est assign en usine au SIGI-271, ce qui le configure pour un fonctionnement en Classe B. Lorsque le SIGI-271 est activ, un signal dalarme est envoy au contrleur de boucle et la condition dalarme est verrouille au niveau du poste dalarme dincendie. Avertissement: Ce module ne fonctionne pas sans courant lectrique. Les incendies provoquant souvent des interruptions de courant, nous vous conseillons de consulter le spcialiste local de protection contre incendies pour mise en place de systmes de scurit supplmentaires. Installation Sheet SIGI-271 - Break Glass Station
Pour installer la station: 1. Desserer la vis imperdable sur la plaque avant du poste et enlever la plaque avant. Enlever le panneau en verre de lintrieur du poste Vrifier que le cblage lectrique du site ne comprend ni dfauts de con-nexion, ni court-circuits, ni dfauts de mise la terre. Faire toutes les connexions indiques dans le diagramme de cblage. Relier les fils la borne de la bote lectrique approprie. (Des cosses sont fournies pour le cblage du poste.) crire ladresse assigne au poste tirage sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette tiquette sur le poste tirage. Dcoller du poste tirage ltiquette de numro de srie et la recoller lendroit appropri dans le registre des numros de srie. Avec les deux vis machine fournies, monter la plaque arrire du poste rupture de verre la bote lectrique. Rinstaller le panneau de verre lintrieur du poste et resserer la plaque avant au poste en serrant les vis imperdables de la plaque avant.
2.
3.
4.
5. 6.
10JUN02
P/N: P-047550-1725 REV: 3.0 3/4
Schmas de cblage
Vue arrire
Fil noir Fil N/B Fil rouge
Trous de montage
Entre des donnes (+) Entre des donnes (-) Sortie des donnes (+) Sortie des donnes (-)
Plateau de cblage KAC ETT1-P

Entre des donnes (+) Entre des donnes (-) Sortie des donnes (+) Sortie des donnes (-)
Noir et blanc Sortie des donnes (-) Rouge Entre/sortie des donnes (+) Noir Entre des donnes (-)
Bote lectrique compatible Illustration de la bote surface KAC SR3T-P
Fil noir
Fil rouge
Fil N/B
Cblage de la bote KAC SR3T-P

Plaque arrire Vis de montage Panneau en verre
Plaque avant Voir les dtails du cblage ci-dessus Ouverture pour clef dessai
P/N: P-047550-1725 REV: 3.0 4/4
10JUN02
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Term Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Storage Temperature Range Construction & Finish Compatible Detectors Shipping Weight Max. Distance From Ceiling (for wall mounting) 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) 0 - 93% RH -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) High Impact Engineering Polymer, White Signature Series Detectors 3.2 oz (91 g) 12 in (305 mm) North American 1-Gang Box 3-1/2 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box
Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) DATA IN (-) Not Used Not Used DATA OUT (-) Not Used
DATA IN (-)
MOUNTING DIAGRAMS
Besa Box
1.1 in (27 mm)
0.8 in (20 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
NorthAmerican 1-Gang Box

1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) 2.0 in (51 mm)
3-1/2 in or 4 in by 1-1/2 in (38mm) Deep Octagon Box

1.5 in (38 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) 2.0 in (51 mm)
INSTALLATION SHEET
4.4 in (112 mm)
European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box with 60.3 Fixing Centers

1.75 in (45 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) 2.0 in (51 mm)
4.4 in (112 mm)
DATA OUT (-)
Compatible Electrical Boxes
4 in by 1-1/2 in (38 mm) Deep Octagon Box European 1-Gang (75 mm) Box w/60.3 mm Fixing Centers BESA Box NOTES: 1) These bases will accept 12, 14, 16, and 18 AWG (2.05 sq mm, 1.5 sq mm, 1.0 sq mm, and 0.75 sq mm) wire. Sizes 16 and 18 are preferred. Write the address assigned to the detector on the label provided and apply the label to the inside rim of the base.
2)
2.0 in (51 mm)
SIGI-IBS
4.4 in (112 mm)
SIGI-IBS Detector Base

93016 02785


Isolator Detector Base, SIGI-IBS (shown below)
Isolator Detector Base, SIGI-IBS (shown below as last device)
_
+
+
S Control Panel
Shield/Drain
NOTES
1. Shielded wire is required ONLY in environments with very high electrical noise. 2 3
Shields must be continuous and insulated from ground. For Class B wiring, there is no shield connection to ground at the last device.
OK
FROM PREVIOUS DEVICE
PROPER METHOD FOR T-TAPS
TO T-TAPPED DEVICE
TERMINAL STRIP JUNCTION BOX
YES
NO
P/N: P-047550-1749 REV: 3.0 Page 2 of 4
TO NEXT DEVICE
NO
SCHMAS DE CBLAGE
Borne Description 1 Inutilise 2 Entre/Sortie des donnes (+) 3 Entre des donnes (-) 4 Inutilise 5 Inutilise 6 Sortie des donnes (-)
Gamme de tempratures de fonctionnement Gamme de tempratures de stockage Construction et fini 0 49 C (32 120 F) -20 60 C (-4 140 F) Polymre technique avec rsistance leve aux impacts, blanc Dtecteurs de la srie Signature 91 g (3,2 oz) 305 mm (12 po) Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote octogonale de 10,16 cm (4 po) de ct et 38 mm (1,5 po) de profondeur Bote europenne simple standard de 75 mm, centres de fixation de 60,3 mm Bote BESA NOTES: 1) Ces bases acceptent des fils de 2,05 mm , 1,5 mm , 1 mm et 0,75 2 mm (AWG n 12, 14, 16 ou 18). Des fils de 16 ou 18 sont prfrables. crire ladresse assigne au dtecteur sur ltiquette fournie et coller cette dernire sur le bord intrieur de la base.
2 2 2
Gamme dhumidits de fonctionnement 0 93 % HR
Dtecteurs compatibles Poids la livraison Distance maximale du plafond (montage mural)
Entre des
2
Botes lectriques compatibles
SCHMAS DE MONTAGE
Bote Besa
27 mm (1,1 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
51 mm (2,0 po)
2)
112 mm (4,4 po)
Bote simple standard Amrique du Nord

38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po) 51 mm (2,0 po)
SIGI-IBS
112 mm (4,4 po)
Bote octogonale de 8,89 cm (3,5 po) ou de 10,16 cm (4 po) et de 38mm (1,5 po) de profondeur
38 mm (1,5 po) 20 mm (0,8 po) 51 mm (2,0 po)
112 mm (4,4 po)
Base de dtecteur SIGI-IBS

FICHE DINSTALLATION RF. : P-047550-1749 NOM DU FICHIER : P-047550-1749.CDR
45 mm (1,75 po) 20 mm (0,8 po)
NIVEAU DE RVISION : 3.0

DATE: 01/15/99
APPROUV PAR : B. Right CR PAR : C. Hanrahan
51 mm (2,0 po)

112 mm (4,4 po)
P/N: P-047550-1749 REV: 3.0 Page 3 of 4

Rfrez-vous aux feuilles d'installation du panneau compatible pour le cblage des bornes. Base de dtecteur isolateur, SIGI-IBS Base de dtecteur isolateur, SIGI-IBS
_
+
+
S
Panneau de
Blindage
NOTES
1. Un fil blind est requis UNIQUEMENT dans les environnements interfrences lectriques leves. Le blindage doit tre continu et isol de la terre. Cblage de classe B: aucune connexion nest effectue entre le blindage et la terre au niveau du dernier dispositif du circuit.
OK
PROVENANCE DU DISPOSITIF
MTHODE CORRECTE POUR
VERS LE DISPOSITIF
2 3
BARRETTE BORNES
BOTE DE RACCORDEMENT
OUI
NON
P/N: P-047550-1749 REV: 3.0 Page 4 of 4
VERS LE DISPOSITIF
NON

03 Component Installation Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

03 Component Installation Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Signature Series Component Installation Manual

P/N 270497 Rev 2.1 16DEC04

Signature Series Component Installation Manual

Signature Series Component Installation Manual

Signature Series Component Installation Manual

Signature Series Component Installation Manual

Audible Detector Base

P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 1/4

Figure 2: Installing reinforcing plates on the AB4G-SB box

P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 2/4

Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base

DATA- DATA- DATA+ OUT IN IN/OUT

To configure output volume or tone, cut the circuit board as shown.

24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay

Data out To next Signature device

Figure 3: Output configuration and wiring diagram

24 Vdc From listed power supply

Listed EOL relay and supervising module

Data in From Signature controller

24 Vdc From listed power supply

Listed EOL relay and supervising module

Data in From Signature controller

Listed EOL relay and supervising module

24 Vdc From listed power supply Data in From Signature controller

Figure 6: Wiring for synchronized operation

P/N: 3100672 REV: 2.0 4/4

Installation Sheet Audible Detector Base

SIGA-270 and SIGA-270L Fire Alarm Stations

EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA

Compatible electrical box

Cover release screw

Back plate Toggle switch

Glass rod release lever

Wire Stripping Guide

P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 2 / 4

INFORMATIONS SUR LE PRODUIT

SIGA-270 et SIGA-270L Postes dalarme dincendie

EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA

P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 3 / 4

Bote lectrique compatible

Vis de desserrage du couvercle

Plaque arrire Interrupteur bascule

Levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre

Dnudage des fils

[1] VUE ARRIRE du 270 SRIE

P/N: 387048P REV: 6.0 PG: 4 / 4

SIGA-270P 2-Stage Fire Alarm Station

EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA

Compatible electrical box Cover release screw

Back plate Toggle switch

Glass rod release lever

Wire Stripping Guide

P/N: 387051P REV: 5.0 PG: 2 / 4

INFORMATIONS SUR LE PRODUIT

SIGA-270P Poste dalarme dincendie deux tages

EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY

6411 Parkland Drive Sarasota, FL 34243 USA

P/N: 387051P REV: 5.0 PG: 3 / 4

Bote lectrique compatible Vis de desserrage du couvercle

Levier de dclenchement de la barre en verre

Dnudage des fils